# Auto-commit of loaddefs files.
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blob56b9f74bcd5c84d246290516bbf0765da572be86
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 \(fn)" t nil)
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 \(fn)" t nil)
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 \(fn)" t nil)
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
54 \(fn)" t nil)
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
66 ;;;***
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21669 40237
69 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
84 \(fn)" t nil)
86 ;;;***
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21669 40237
89 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
95 \(fn)" t nil)
97 ;;;***
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21669 40237
100 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
109 ;;;***
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21669 40237 826337
112 ;;;;;; 297000))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
210 \(fn)" t nil)
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
239 ;;;***
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21669 40236
242 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
371 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
373 (put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
375 ;;;***
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21669 40236 816336 299000))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
471 \(fn)" t nil)
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
476 \(fn)" t nil)
478 ;;;***
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21669 40236 816336 299000))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
500 \(fn)" nil nil)
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
517 Auto-layout is not.
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
558 \(fn)" nil t)
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 outline.)
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
586 and many other features.
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
605 Exposure Control:
606 ----------------
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
613 Navigation:
614 ----------
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 current topic
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
662 Misc commands:
663 -------------
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
666 for `allout-layout'.
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 format.
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
678 auto-activation.
680 Topic Encryption
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
698 signal.
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
702 for details.
704 HOT-SPOT Operation
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
729 Extending Allout
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
735 `allout-mode-hook'
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
745 Terminology
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
752 CURRENT ITEM:
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
756 called the:
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
759 ANCESTORS:
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
762 of the ITEM.
763 OFFSPRING:
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
765 SUBTOPIC:
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
767 CHILD:
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
769 SIBLINGS:
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
772 Topic text constituents:
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
775 text.
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
778 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
786 the PREFIX.
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
789 of the ITEM.
790 PREFIX-LEAD:
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
802 PREFIX-PADDING:
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
814 more details.
815 EXPOSURE:
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
818 CONCEALED:
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
838 ;;;***
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21669
841 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
856 visiting an outline.
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
881 The graphics include:
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
897 ;;;***
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21669 40237 316336
900 ;;;;;; 766000))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
919 ;;;***
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21669 40237 316336
922 ;;;;;; 766000))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
952 ;;;***
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21669 40236 816336
955 ;;;;;; 299000))
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
962 \(fn)" t nil)
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
979 ;;;***
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21669
982 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
991 \\[yank].
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
996 the rules.
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1014 \(fn)" nil nil)
1016 ;;;***
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21669 40236 816336
1019 ;;;;;; 299000))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1038 ;;;***
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21669 40236 816336
1041 ;;;;;; 299000))
1042 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1044 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1045 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1046 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1047 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1049 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1050 kind of objects to search.
1052 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1054 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1055 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1056 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1057 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1058 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1059 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1061 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1062 variables, not just user options.
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1067 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1068 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1069 like `apropos-user-option'.
1071 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1073 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1075 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1076 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1077 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1078 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1079 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1080 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1082 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1083 noninteractive functions.
1085 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1086 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1088 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1089 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1091 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1093 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1094 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1096 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1098 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1099 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1100 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1101 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1103 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1104 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1105 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1106 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1108 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1109 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1111 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1113 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1115 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1116 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1117 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1118 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1119 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1121 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1123 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1124 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1125 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1126 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1127 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1128 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1130 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1131 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1132 names and values of properties.
1134 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1136 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1138 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1139 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1140 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1141 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1142 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1143 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1145 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1146 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1147 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1148 documentation strings.
1150 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1152 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1154 ;;;***
1156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21669 40236 816336
1157 ;;;;;; 299000))
1158 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1160 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1161 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1162 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1163 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1164 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1165 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1167 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1168 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1169 archive.
1171 \\{archive-mode-map}
1173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1175 ;;;***
1177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21669 40236 816336 299000))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1180 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1181 Major mode for editing arrays.
1183 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1184 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1185 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1187 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1189 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1190 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1191 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1193 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1194 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1195 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1196 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1197 The variables are:
1199 Variables you assign:
1200 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1201 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1202 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1203 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1204 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1205 row numbers in the buffer.
1207 Variables which are calculated:
1208 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1209 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1211 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1212 take a numeric prefix argument):
1214 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1215 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1216 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1217 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1219 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1220 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1221 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1222 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1229 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1230 between that of point and mark.
1232 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1233 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1235 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1236 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1237 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1238 newlines inside rows)
1240 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1242 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1244 \(fn)" t nil)
1246 ;;;***
1248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21695 39113
1249 ;;;;;; 875318 913000))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1251 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1253 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1254 Toggle Artist mode.
1255 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1256 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1257 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1259 How to quit Artist mode
1261 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1264 How to submit a bug report
1266 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1269 Drawing with the mouse:
1271 mouse-2
1272 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1273 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1274 below).
1276 mouse-1
1277 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1278 or pastes:
1280 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1283 to new point
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1300 lines
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Paste Paste Paste
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1311 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1312 or diagonally.
1314 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1315 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1316 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1317 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1318 poly-lines.
1320 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1321 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1322 overwrite means the opposite.
1324 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1325 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1326 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1328 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1330 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1331 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1333 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1334 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1335 are currently drawing something.
1337 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1338 some time to fill.
1341 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1342 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1345 Settings
1347 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1349 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1351 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1353 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1355 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1356 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1358 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1361 Drawing with keys
1363 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1364 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1365 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1366 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1367 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1368 When pasting: Pastes
1370 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1372 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1374 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1375 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1376 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1377 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1378 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1379 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1382 Arrows
1384 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1385 of the line/poly-line
1387 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1388 of the line/poly-line
1391 Selecting operation
1393 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1395 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1398 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1399 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1402 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1408 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1411 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1414 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1417 Variables
1419 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1420 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1422 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1423 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1424 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1425 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1426 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1427 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1428 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1429 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1430 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1431 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1432 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1434 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1435 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1436 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1437 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1438 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1439 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1440 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1442 Hooks
1444 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1447 Keymap summary
1449 \\{artist-mode-map}
1451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1453 ;;;***
1455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21669 40237
1456 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1459 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1460 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1461 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1463 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1466 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1468 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1469 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1471 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1472 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1474 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1476 Special commands:
1477 \\{asm-mode-map}
1479 \(fn)" t nil)
1481 ;;;***
1483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21669
1484 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
1485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1487 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1488 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1489 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1490 let-binding.")
1492 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1494 ;;;***
1496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21669 40236 816336
1497 ;;;;;; 299000))
1498 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1500 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1501 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1502 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1504 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1506 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1507 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1509 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1510 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1512 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1513 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1514 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1515 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1516 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1517 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1518 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1519 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1521 For example:
1522 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1523 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1524 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1525 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1526 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1528 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1532 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1533 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1534 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1537 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1539 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1541 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1542 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1543 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1544 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1545 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1547 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1548 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1549 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1551 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1555 ;;;***
1557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21669 40237
1558 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1561 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1562 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1564 \(fn)" t nil)
1566 ;;;***
1568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21669 40236 816336
1569 ;;;;;; 299000))
1570 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1572 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1573 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1574 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1576 \(fn)" t nil)
1578 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1579 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1580 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1581 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1583 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1585 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1586 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1587 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1590 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1592 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1594 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1595 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1596 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1597 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1598 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1600 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1601 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1605 ;;;***
1607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21669
1608 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
1609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1613 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1615 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1616 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1617 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1619 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1620 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1621 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1622 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1623 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1625 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1627 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1629 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1630 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1631 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1632 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1633 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1635 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1636 directory or directories specified.
1638 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1639 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1640 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1641 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1642 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1643 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1645 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1647 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1648 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1649 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1650 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1651 should be non-nil).
1653 \(fn)" nil nil)
1655 ;;;***
1657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21669 40236 816336
1658 ;;;;;; 299000))
1659 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1661 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1662 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1663 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1664 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1665 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1667 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1668 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1669 disk changes.
1671 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1672 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1673 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1677 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1678 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1680 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1681 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1683 \(fn)" nil nil)
1685 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1686 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1687 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1688 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1689 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1691 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1692 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1693 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1694 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1695 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1697 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1698 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1699 writing before you save the file!
1701 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1703 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1705 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1706 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1708 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1709 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1711 \(fn)" nil nil)
1713 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1714 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1715 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1716 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1717 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1718 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1720 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1722 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1723 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1724 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1725 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1726 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1728 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1729 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1730 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1732 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1733 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1734 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1735 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1736 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1738 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1739 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1740 specifies in the mode line.
1742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1744 ;;;***
1746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21669 40236 816336 299000))
1747 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1749 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1750 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1751 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1752 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1753 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1755 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1757 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1758 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1759 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1760 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1762 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1763 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1764 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1766 Effects of the different modes:
1767 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1768 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1769 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1770 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1771 a random distance & direction.
1772 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1773 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1774 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1776 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1777 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1778 definition of \"random distance\".)
1780 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1782 ;;;***
1784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21669 40237
1785 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
1786 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1788 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1790 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1791 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1793 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1794 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1795 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1797 \\{bat-mode-map}
1799 \(fn)" t nil)
1801 ;;;***
1803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21669 40236 816336
1804 ;;;;;; 299000))
1805 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1806 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1808 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1809 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1810 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1811 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1813 \(fn)" t nil)
1815 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1816 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1817 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1818 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1819 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1820 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1822 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1824 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1825 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1826 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1827 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1828 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1830 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1831 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1832 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1833 seconds.
1835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1837 ;;;***
1839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21669
1840 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
1841 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1843 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1844 Time execution of FORMS.
1845 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1846 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1847 FORMS once.
1848 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1849 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1850 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1852 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1854 (put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1856 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1857 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1858 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1859 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1860 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1862 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1864 (put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1866 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1867 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1868 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1869 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1870 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1872 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1874 ;;;***
1876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21669 40237
1877 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
1878 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1880 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1881 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1882 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1883 of corresponding buffers.
1884 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1885 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1886 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1887 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1888 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1890 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1891 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1892 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1894 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1896 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1897 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1899 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1901 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1902 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1903 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1904 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1906 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1907 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1908 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1909 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1910 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1912 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1913 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1916 Special information:
1918 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1920 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1921 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1922 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1923 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1924 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1925 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1926 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1927 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1928 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1929 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1930 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1932 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1933 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1934 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1935 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1936 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1937 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1938 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1939 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1941 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1943 ----------------------------------------------------------
1944 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1945 if that value is non-nil.
1947 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1949 \(fn)" t nil)
1951 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1952 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1953 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1954 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1955 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1956 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1957 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1958 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1959 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1960 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1961 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1962 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1964 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1966 ;;;***
1968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1969 ;;;;;; (21669 40237 826337 297000))
1970 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1972 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1973 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1975 \(fn)" t nil)
1977 ;;;***
1979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21669 40237 316336
1980 ;;;;;; 766000))
1981 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1983 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1984 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1986 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1987 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1988 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1990 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1992 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1993 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1995 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1997 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1998 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2000 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2002 ;;;***
2004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21669 40237
2005 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
2006 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2008 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2009 Play blackbox.
2010 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2012 What is blackbox?
2014 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2015 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2016 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2017 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2018 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2019 your score.
2021 Overview of play:
2023 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2024 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2025 four.
2027 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2028 movement keys.
2030 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2031 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2033 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2034 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2036 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2037 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2038 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2039 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2040 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2041 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2043 Details:
2045 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2047 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2048 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2049 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2050 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2052 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2053 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2054 denoted by the letter `R'.
2056 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2057 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2058 denoted by the letter `H'.
2060 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2061 example.
2063 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2064 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2065 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2066 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2067 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2068 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2069 ray.
2071 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2072 degree deflection it causes.
2075 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2076 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2077 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2078 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2079 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2080 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2085 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2086 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2089 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2090 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2091 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2092 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2093 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2098 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2099 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2100 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2101 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2102 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2103 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2104 emerging from the box.
2106 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2108 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2109 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2110 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2113 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2115 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2117 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2118 a reflection.
2120 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2122 ;;;***
2124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21669 40236 816336
2125 ;;;;;; 299000))
2126 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2127 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2128 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2129 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2131 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2132 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2133 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2134 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2135 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2136 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2137 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2139 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2140 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2141 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2143 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2144 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2145 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2146 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2147 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2148 recent one.
2150 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2151 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2152 yank successive words.
2154 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2155 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2156 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2157 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2158 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2160 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2161 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2162 the list of bookmarks.)
2164 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2166 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2167 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2168 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2169 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2170 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2171 this.
2173 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2174 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2175 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2176 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2178 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2179 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2181 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2182 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2183 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2185 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2187 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2188 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2190 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2192 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2193 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2195 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2196 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2197 after a bookmark was set in it.
2199 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2201 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2202 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2204 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2205 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2207 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2209 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2211 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2212 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2213 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2214 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2216 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2217 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2218 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2220 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2221 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2222 name.
2224 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2226 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2227 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2228 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2230 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2231 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2232 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2233 this.
2235 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2237 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2238 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2240 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2241 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2242 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2243 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2244 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2245 probably because we were called from there.
2247 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2249 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2250 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2251 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2253 \(fn)" t nil)
2255 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2256 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2257 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2258 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2259 \(second argument).
2261 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2262 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2263 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2264 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2265 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2267 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2268 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2269 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2270 `bookmark-default-file'.
2272 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2274 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2275 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2276 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2277 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2278 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2279 while loading.
2281 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2282 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2283 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2284 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2285 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2286 explicitly.
2288 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2289 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2290 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2292 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2294 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2295 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2296 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2297 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2298 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2300 \(fn)" t nil)
2302 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2304 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2306 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2307 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2309 \(fn)" t nil)
2311 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2313 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2315 ;;;***
2317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21669 40237
2318 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
2319 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2321 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2322 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2323 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2324 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2326 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2327 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2328 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2329 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2330 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2332 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2334 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2335 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2336 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2337 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2338 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2339 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2341 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2343 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2344 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2345 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2346 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2347 narrowed.
2349 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2351 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2352 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2354 \(fn)" t nil)
2356 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2357 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2359 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2361 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2362 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2363 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2364 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2365 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2366 first, if that exists.
2368 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2370 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2371 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2372 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2373 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2377 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2378 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2379 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2380 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2381 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2382 to use.
2384 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2386 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2387 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2388 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2389 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2391 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2393 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2394 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2395 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2396 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2398 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2399 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2400 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2401 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2403 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2404 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2405 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2407 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2408 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2410 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2412 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2413 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2414 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2415 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2417 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2418 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2419 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2420 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2422 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2423 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2424 new tab in an existing window instead.
2426 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2427 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2429 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2431 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2432 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2433 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2434 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2435 Firefox.
2437 When called interactively, if variable
2438 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2439 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2440 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2441 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2443 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2444 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2445 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2447 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2448 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2450 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2451 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2452 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2453 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2454 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2455 URL in a new window.
2457 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2459 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2460 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2461 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2462 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2463 Chromium.
2465 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2467 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2468 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2469 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2470 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2472 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2473 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2474 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2475 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2477 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2478 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2479 new tab in an existing window instead.
2481 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2482 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2484 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2486 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2487 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2489 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2491 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2492 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2493 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2494 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2496 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2497 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2498 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2499 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2501 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2502 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2504 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2506 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2507 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2509 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2510 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2511 program is invoked according to the variable
2512 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2514 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2515 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2516 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2517 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2519 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2520 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2522 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2524 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2525 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2526 Default to the URL around or before point.
2528 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2529 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2530 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2532 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2533 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2534 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2535 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2537 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2538 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2540 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2542 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2543 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2544 Default to the URL around or before point.
2546 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2547 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2548 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2550 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2551 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2553 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2555 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2556 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2557 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2558 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2560 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2562 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2563 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2564 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2565 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2566 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2567 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2569 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2571 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2572 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2573 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2574 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2575 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2577 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2578 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2579 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2580 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2582 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2583 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2585 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2587 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2588 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2589 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2590 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2591 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2592 current one.
2594 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2595 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2596 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2597 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2599 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2600 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2602 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2604 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2605 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2606 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2607 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2608 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2609 don't offer a form of remote control.
2611 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2613 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2614 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2615 Default to the URL around or before point.
2617 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2619 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2620 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2621 Default to the URL around the point.
2623 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2624 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2626 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2627 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2629 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2631 ;;;***
2633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21669 40236 816336 299000))
2634 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2635 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2637 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2638 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2639 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2640 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2642 \(fn)" t nil)
2644 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2645 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2646 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2647 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2649 \(fn)" t nil)
2651 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2652 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2654 \(fn)" t nil)
2656 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2657 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2658 \\<bs-mode-map>
2659 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2660 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2661 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2662 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2664 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2665 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2666 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2667 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2668 name of buffer configuration.
2670 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2672 ;;;***
2674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21669 40237 316336
2675 ;;;;;; 766000))
2676 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2678 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2679 Play Bubbles game.
2680 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2681 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2682 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2683 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2684 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2685 columns on its right towards the left.
2687 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2688 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2689 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2690 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2692 \(fn)" t nil)
2694 ;;;***
2696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2697 ;;;;;; (21669 40237 316336 766000))
2698 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2700 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2702 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2703 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2704 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2705 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2706 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2708 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2710 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2711 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2713 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2715 ;;;***
2717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21669
2718 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
2719 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2720 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2721 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2722 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2724 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2726 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2727 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2728 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2729 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2730 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2731 else the global value will be modified.
2733 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2735 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2736 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2737 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2738 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2739 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2740 else the global value will be modified.
2742 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2744 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2745 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2746 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2748 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2750 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2751 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2752 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2753 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2755 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2756 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2757 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2758 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2759 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2760 before scanning it.
2762 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2763 that already has a `.elc' file.
2765 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2766 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2768 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2769 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2770 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2771 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2772 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2773 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2775 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2777 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2778 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2779 Print the result in the echo area.
2780 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2782 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2784 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2785 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2786 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2788 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2790 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2791 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2792 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2793 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2794 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2795 all functions called by those functions.
2797 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2798 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2799 cons, etc.).
2801 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2802 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2803 invoked interactively.
2805 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2807 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2808 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2809 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2810 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2812 \(fn)" nil nil)
2814 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2815 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2816 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2817 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2818 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2819 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2820 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2821 already up-to-date.
2823 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2825 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2826 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2827 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2828 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2830 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2831 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2832 and corresponding effects.
2834 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2836 ;;;***
2838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21669
2839 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
2840 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2842 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2844 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2846 ;;;***
2848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21669 40236
2849 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
2850 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2852 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2854 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2856 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2858 ;;;***
2860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21669
2861 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
2862 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2864 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2865 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2866 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2867 from the cursor position.
2869 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2871 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2873 ;;;***
2875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21669 40236 816336 299000))
2876 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2877 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2879 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2880 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2882 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2884 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2885 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2887 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2889 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2890 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2892 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2894 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2895 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2897 \(fn)" t nil)
2899 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2900 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2901 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2902 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2904 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2906 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2907 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2908 This is most useful in the X window system.
2909 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2910 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2912 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2914 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2915 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2916 See calc-keypad for details.
2918 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2920 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2921 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2923 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2925 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2926 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2928 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2930 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2931 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2933 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2935 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2936 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2937 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2939 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2941 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2942 Define Calc function.
2944 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2945 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2946 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2948 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2949 actual Lisp function name.
2951 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2953 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2955 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2957 ;;;***
2959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21669 40236
2960 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
2961 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2963 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2966 \(fn N)" t nil)
2968 ;;;***
2970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21669 40236 816336
2971 ;;;;;; 299000))
2972 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2974 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2975 Run the Emacs calculator.
2976 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2978 \(fn)" t nil)
2980 ;;;***
2982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21669 40236
2983 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
2984 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2986 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2987 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2988 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2989 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2990 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2991 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2993 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2994 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2995 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2996 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2997 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2998 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2999 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3000 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3001 window.
3003 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3004 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3006 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3007 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3008 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3009 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3010 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3011 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3013 Runs the following hooks:
3015 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3016 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3017 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3018 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3020 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3022 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3024 ;;;***
3026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21669 40237 316336
3027 ;;;;;; 766000))
3028 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3030 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3031 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3033 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3035 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3036 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3037 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3038 it fails.
3040 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3042 ;;;***
3044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el" (21669
3045 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
3046 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3048 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3049 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3050 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3051 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3052 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3054 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3055 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3056 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3057 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3058 restriction to ASCII.
3060 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3062 capitalizedWorDD
3063 ^ ^ ^^
3065 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3066 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3067 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3069 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3070 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3071 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3072 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3073 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3074 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3075 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3077 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3078 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3082 ;;;***
3084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21710
3085 ;;;;;; 6472 78891 397000))
3086 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3088 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3089 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3091 \(fn)" nil nil)
3093 ;;;***
3095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21669 40237
3096 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
3097 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3099 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3100 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3102 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3103 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3105 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3106 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3108 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3110 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3111 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3112 made from scratch.
3114 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3116 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3117 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3119 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3120 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3121 made from scratch.
3123 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3125 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3126 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3128 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3130 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3131 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3132 made from scratch.
3134 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3136 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3137 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3139 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3140 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3141 made from scratch.
3143 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3145 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3146 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3148 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3150 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3151 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3152 made from scratch.
3154 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3156 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3157 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3159 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3160 variables are guessed:
3162 * `c-basic-offset', and
3163 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3164 `c-offsets-alist'.
3166 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3167 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3169 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3170 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3172 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3173 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3174 guess is made from scratch.
3176 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3177 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3179 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3181 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3182 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3183 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3184 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3186 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3187 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3188 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3190 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3192 ;;;***
3194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21710 6472
3195 ;;;;;; 78891 397000))
3196 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3198 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3199 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3200 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3201 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3202 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3203 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3204 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3206 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3207 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3208 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3209 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3210 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3211 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3212 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3213 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3214 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3216 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3217 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3218 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3219 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3220 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3221 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3223 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3225 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3226 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3228 Key bindings:
3229 \\{c-mode-map}
3231 \(fn)" t nil)
3233 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3234 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3235 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3236 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3237 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3238 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3239 message.
3241 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3243 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3244 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3246 Key bindings:
3247 \\{c++-mode-map}
3249 \(fn)" t nil)
3250 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3252 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3253 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3254 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3255 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3256 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3257 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3258 message.
3260 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3262 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3263 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3265 Key bindings:
3266 \\{objc-mode-map}
3268 \(fn)" t nil)
3269 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3271 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3272 Major mode for editing Java code.
3273 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3274 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3275 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3276 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3277 message.
3279 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3281 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3282 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3284 Key bindings:
3285 \\{java-mode-map}
3287 \(fn)" t nil)
3288 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3290 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3291 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3292 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3293 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3294 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3295 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3296 message.
3298 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3300 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3301 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3303 Key bindings:
3304 \\{idl-mode-map}
3306 \(fn)" t nil)
3307 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3308 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3310 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3311 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3312 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3313 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3314 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3315 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3316 message.
3318 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3320 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3321 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3323 Key bindings:
3324 \\{pike-mode-map}
3326 \(fn)" t nil)
3327 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3328 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3329 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3330 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3331 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3333 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3334 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3335 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3336 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3337 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3338 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3340 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3342 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3343 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3345 Key bindings:
3346 \\{awk-mode-map}
3348 \(fn)" t nil)
3350 ;;;***
3352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21669
3353 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
3354 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3356 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3357 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3358 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3359 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3361 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3363 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3364 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3365 might get set too.
3367 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3368 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3369 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3370 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3371 in this way.
3373 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3374 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3375 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3376 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3377 a null operation.
3379 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3381 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3382 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3383 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3384 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3386 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3388 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3389 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3390 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3392 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3394 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3395 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3396 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3397 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3398 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3400 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3402 ;;;***
3404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21669 40237
3405 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
3406 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3407 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3408 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3409 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3411 ;;;***
3413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21669 40237 316336
3414 ;;;;;; 766000))
3415 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3417 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3418 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3420 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3422 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3423 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3425 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3427 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3428 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3430 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3431 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3432 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3433 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3434 execution.
3436 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3438 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3440 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3441 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3443 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3444 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3445 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3446 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3448 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3449 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3450 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3451 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3452 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3453 `write' commands.
3455 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3456 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3457 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3458 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3460 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3461 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3462 semantics.
3464 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3466 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3468 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3470 STATEMENT :=
3471 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3472 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3474 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3475 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3476 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3477 | integer
3479 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3481 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3482 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3483 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3485 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3486 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3487 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3489 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3490 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3492 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3493 BREAK := (break)
3495 REPEAT :=
3496 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3497 (repeat)
3498 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3499 ;; (repeat))
3500 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3501 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3502 ;; (read REG)
3503 ;; (repeat))
3504 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3505 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3506 ;; (read REG)
3507 ;; (repeat))
3508 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3510 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3511 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3512 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3513 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3514 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3515 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3516 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3517 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3518 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3519 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3520 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3521 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3522 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3523 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3524 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3525 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3527 WRITE :=
3528 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3529 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3530 ;; representation.
3531 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3532 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3533 ;; (write r7))
3534 | (write EXPRESSION)
3535 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3536 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3537 ;; representation.
3538 | (write integer)
3539 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3540 ;; buffer.
3541 | (write string)
3542 ;; Same as: (write string)
3543 | string
3544 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3545 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3546 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3547 ;; representation.
3548 | (write REG ARRAY)
3549 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3550 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3551 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3552 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3553 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3554 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3556 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3557 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3559 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3560 END := (end)
3562 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3563 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3564 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3566 ARG := REG | integer
3568 OPERATOR :=
3569 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3570 + | - | * | / | %
3572 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3573 | & | `|' | ^
3575 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3576 | << | >>
3578 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3579 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3580 | <8
3582 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3583 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3584 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3585 | >8
3587 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3588 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3589 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3590 | //
3592 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3593 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3595 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3596 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3597 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3598 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3599 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3600 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3601 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3602 | de-sjis
3604 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3605 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3606 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3607 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3608 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3609 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3610 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3611 ;; byte of SJIS.
3612 | en-sjis
3614 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3615 ;; Same meaning as C code
3616 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3618 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3619 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3620 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3621 | <8=
3623 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3624 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3625 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3627 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3628 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3629 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3630 | //=
3632 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3635 TRANSLATE :=
3636 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3637 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3638 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3639 LOOKUP :=
3640 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3641 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3642 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3643 MAP :=
3644 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3645 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3646 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3647 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3648 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3649 MAP-ID := integer
3651 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3653 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3655 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3656 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3657 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3658 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3659 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3660 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3662 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3664 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3665 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3666 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3668 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3670 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3672 ;;;***
3674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21669 40236
3675 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
3676 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3678 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3679 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3680 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3681 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3683 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3685 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3687 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3688 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3690 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3692 ;;;***
3694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21669 40236 816336
3695 ;;;;;; 299000))
3696 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3697 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3699 ;;;***
3701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21669 40237
3702 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
3703 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3704 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3706 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3707 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3708 There are no special keybindings by default.
3710 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3711 to the action header.
3713 \(fn)" t nil)
3715 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3716 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3717 There are no special keybindings by default.
3719 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3720 to the action header.
3722 \(fn)" t nil)
3724 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3725 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3726 on the buffer contents
3728 \(fn)" nil nil)
3730 ;;;***
3732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21669 40236
3733 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
3734 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3735 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3737 ;;;***
3739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3740 ;;;;;; (21669 40236 816336 299000))
3741 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3743 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3744 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3745 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3747 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3749 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3750 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3751 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3753 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3755 ;;;***
3757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21669
3758 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
3759 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3760 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3761 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3762 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3763 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3764 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3765 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3766 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3767 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3768 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3770 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3773 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3774 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3775 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3777 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3778 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3779 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3780 the users will view as each check is completed.
3782 \(fn)" t nil)
3784 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3785 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3786 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3787 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3788 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3789 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3790 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3791 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3793 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3795 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3796 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3797 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3798 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3799 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3800 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3801 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3802 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3804 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3806 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3807 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3808 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3809 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3810 spacing are all verified.
3812 \(fn)" t nil)
3814 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3815 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3816 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3817 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3818 otherwise stop after the first error.
3820 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3822 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3823 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3824 Only documentation strings are checked.
3825 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3826 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3827 a separate buffer.
3829 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3831 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3832 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3833 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3834 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3835 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3837 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3839 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3840 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3841 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3842 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3843 if there is one.
3845 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3847 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3848 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3849 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3850 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3851 if there is one.
3852 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3854 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3856 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3857 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3858 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3860 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3862 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3863 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3864 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3865 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3866 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3868 \(fn)" t nil)
3870 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3871 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3872 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3873 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3874 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3875 space at the end of each line.
3877 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3879 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3880 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3881 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3882 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3884 \(fn)" t nil)
3886 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3887 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3888 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3889 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3891 \(fn)" t nil)
3893 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3894 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3895 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3896 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3898 \(fn)" t nil)
3900 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3901 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3902 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3903 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3905 \(fn)" t nil)
3907 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3908 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3909 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3910 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3912 \(fn)" t nil)
3914 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3915 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3916 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3917 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3919 \(fn)" t nil)
3921 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3922 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3923 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3924 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3926 \(fn)" t nil)
3928 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3929 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3930 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3931 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3933 \(fn)" t nil)
3935 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3936 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3937 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3938 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3940 \(fn)" t nil)
3942 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3943 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3944 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3945 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3946 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3948 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3949 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3950 checking of documentation strings.
3952 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3956 ;;;***
3958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21669
3959 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
3960 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3962 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3963 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3964 Return the length of resulting text.
3966 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3968 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3969 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3971 \(fn)" t nil)
3973 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3974 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3975 Return the length of resulting text.
3977 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3979 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3980 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3982 \(fn)" t nil)
3984 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3987 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3989 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3992 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3994 ;;;***
3996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21669 40236 816336
3997 ;;;;;; 299000))
3998 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4000 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4001 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4002 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4003 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4004 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4005 editing and the result is evaluated.
4007 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4009 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4010 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4011 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4012 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4013 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4015 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4017 \(fn)" t nil)
4019 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4020 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4021 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4022 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4023 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4025 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4026 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4027 \\{command-history-map}
4029 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4030 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4032 \(fn)" t nil)
4034 ;;;***
4036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21669
4037 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
4038 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4040 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4041 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4042 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4043 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4044 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4045 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4046 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4047 of this function.
4049 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4050 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4051 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4052 property are:
4054 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4055 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4057 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4058 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4059 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4060 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4061 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4062 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4063 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4064 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4065 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4066 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4067 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4068 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4070 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4071 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4072 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4074 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4075 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4076 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4077 list elements are:
4079 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4081 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4083 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4085 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4086 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4088 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4089 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4091 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4092 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4093 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4094 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4095 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4096 value specified by their associated list element.
4098 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4100 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4101 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4102 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4104 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4105 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4106 * indent the first argument by 4.
4107 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4108 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4109 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4111 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4113 ;;;***
4115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21669 40236
4116 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
4117 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4118 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4120 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4122 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4123 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4124 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4125 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4126 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4127 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4129 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4130 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4132 (define-error 'cl-assertion-failed (purecopy "Assertion failed"))
4134 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4136 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4138 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4140 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4142 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4144 ;;;***
4146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21669 40237
4147 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
4148 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4150 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4151 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4152 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4153 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4155 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4156 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4157 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4158 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4160 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4161 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4163 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4165 ;;;***
4167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21669 40236 816336
4168 ;;;;;; 299000))
4169 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4171 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4172 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4173 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4174 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4175 of `scheme-program-name').
4176 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4177 it is given as initial input.
4178 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4179 discards input when it starts up.
4180 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4181 is run).
4182 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4184 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4186 ;;;***
4188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21669 40236 816336 299000))
4189 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4191 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4192 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4193 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4194 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4196 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4197 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4199 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4200 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4201 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4203 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4205 ;;;***
4207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21685 3267 195345 35000))
4208 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4210 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4211 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4212 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4213 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4214 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4215 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4216 functions have already modified the buffer.
4218 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4220 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4221 either globally or locally.")
4223 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4224 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4225 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4226 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4228 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4229 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4230 `start-file-process'
4231 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4232 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4233 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4235 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4236 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4238 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4240 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4242 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4244 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4245 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4246 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4247 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4248 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4249 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4250 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4251 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4252 process as its initial input.
4254 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4256 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4258 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4260 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4261 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4262 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4263 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4264 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4265 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4267 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4269 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4270 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4271 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4272 directory tracking functions.")
4274 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4275 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4276 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4278 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4280 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4282 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4283 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4284 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4286 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4288 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4290 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4291 Send COMMAND to current process.
4292 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4293 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4295 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4297 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4298 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4299 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4300 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4302 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4304 ;;;***
4306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21669 40237
4307 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
4308 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4310 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4311 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4312 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4313 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4315 This command pushes the mark in each window
4316 at the prior location of point in that window.
4317 If both windows display the same buffer,
4318 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4319 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4321 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4322 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4323 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4324 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4325 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4326 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4327 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4328 ignored.
4330 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4331 this command work in interlaced mode:
4332 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4333 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4334 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4336 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4338 ;;;***
4340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21669 40237
4341 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
4342 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4344 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4345 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4347 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4349 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4350 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4351 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4353 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4355 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4356 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4357 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4359 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4361 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4362 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4363 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4364 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4365 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4367 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4368 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4369 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4370 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4371 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4373 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4374 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4375 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4376 describing how the process finished.")
4378 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4379 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4380 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4381 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4382 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4384 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4385 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4386 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4388 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4390 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4391 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4392 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4393 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4395 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4397 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4398 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4400 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4401 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4403 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4404 (lambda ()
4405 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4406 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4407 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4408 (concat \"make -k \"
4409 (if buffer-file-name
4410 (shell-quote-argument
4411 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4413 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4414 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4416 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4417 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4418 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4419 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4421 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4423 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4424 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4425 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4426 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4428 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4429 and move to the source code that caused it.
4431 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4432 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4434 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4435 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4436 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4437 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4438 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4440 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4441 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4442 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4443 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4445 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4446 kills its subprocesses.
4448 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4449 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4450 to a function that generates a unique name.
4452 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4454 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4455 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4456 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4457 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4459 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4460 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4462 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4463 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4464 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4465 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4467 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4468 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4469 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4471 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4473 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4475 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4476 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4477 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4478 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4479 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4481 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4483 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4485 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4487 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4489 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4490 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4491 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4492 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4493 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4495 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4496 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4497 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4498 See `compilation-mode'.
4500 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4502 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4503 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4504 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4505 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4506 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4508 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4509 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4510 `compilation-mode'.
4512 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4514 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4515 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4516 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4518 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4520 ;;;***
4522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21669 40236 816336
4523 ;;;;;; 299000))
4524 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4526 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4527 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4528 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4529 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4530 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4531 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4533 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4535 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4536 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4537 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4538 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4539 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4541 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4543 ;;;***
4545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21669
4546 ;;;;;; 40237 826337 297000))
4547 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4549 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4550 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4551 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4552 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4553 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4554 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4555 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4557 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4558 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4559 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4561 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4562 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4563 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4565 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4566 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4567 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4568 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4570 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4571 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4572 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4573 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4574 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4575 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4576 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4578 \\{conf-mode-map}
4580 \(fn)" t nil)
4582 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4583 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4584 Comments start with `#'.
4585 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4587 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4589 \[Desktop Entry]
4590 Encoding=UTF-8
4591 Name=The GIMP
4592 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4593 Name[cs]=GIMP
4595 \(fn)" t nil)
4597 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4598 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4599 Comments start with `;'.
4600 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4602 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4604 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4605 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4606 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4608 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4609 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4611 \(fn)" t nil)
4613 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4614 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4615 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4616 between `/*' and `*/'.
4617 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4619 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4620 // another kind of comment
4621 /* yet another */
4623 name:value
4624 name=value
4625 name value
4626 x.1 =
4627 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4628 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4630 \(fn)" t nil)
4632 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4633 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4634 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4635 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4636 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4637 `conf-space-keywords'.
4638 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4639 in an interactive fashion instead.
4641 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4643 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4645 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4646 image/png png
4647 image/tiff tiff tif
4649 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4650 class desktop
4651 # Standard multimedia devices
4652 add /dev/audio desktop
4653 add /dev/mixer desktop
4655 \(fn)" t nil)
4657 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4658 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4659 See `conf-space-mode'.
4661 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4663 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4664 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4665 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4666 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4668 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4670 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4671 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4673 \(fn)" t nil)
4675 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4676 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4677 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4678 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4680 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4682 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4683 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4685 \(fn)" t nil)
4687 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4688 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4689 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4690 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4692 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4694 *background: gray99
4695 *foreground: black
4697 \(fn)" t nil)
4699 ;;;***
4701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21669 40237 316336
4702 ;;;;;; 766000))
4703 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4705 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4706 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4707 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4708 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4709 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4710 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4712 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4714 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4715 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4716 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4717 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4719 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4721 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4722 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4723 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4724 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4726 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4728 ;;;***
4730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21669
4731 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
4732 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4733 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4734 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4735 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4737 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4738 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4739 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4740 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4741 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4742 following the copyright are updated as well.
4743 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4744 interactively.
4746 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4748 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4749 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4750 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4751 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4752 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4754 \(fn)" t nil)
4756 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4757 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4759 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4761 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4762 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4763 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4765 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4767 ;;;***
4769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21669
4770 ;;;;;; 40237 826337 297000))
4771 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4772 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4773 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4774 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4775 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4776 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4777 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4778 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4780 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4781 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4782 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4783 Tab indents for Perl code.
4784 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4785 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4787 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4788 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4789 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4790 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4791 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4792 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4793 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4794 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4795 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4796 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4797 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4798 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4800 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4802 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4803 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4805 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4807 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4808 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4809 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4810 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4811 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4812 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4813 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4814 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4815 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4817 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4819 bite if angry;
4821 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4822 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4823 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4824 to nil.)
4826 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4827 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4828 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4830 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4832 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4833 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4834 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4835 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4836 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4838 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4840 if (A) { B }
4842 into
4844 B if A;
4846 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4848 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4849 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4850 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4851 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4852 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4853 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4854 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4855 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4856 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4857 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4858 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4859 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4860 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4862 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4863 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4864 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4865 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4866 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4867 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4869 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4870 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4871 man via menu.
4873 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4874 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4875 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4876 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4877 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4879 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4880 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4881 span the needed amount of lines.
4883 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4884 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4885 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4886 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4888 Variables controlling indentation style:
4889 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4890 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4891 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4892 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4893 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4894 `cperl-auto-newline'
4895 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4896 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4897 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4898 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4899 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4900 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4901 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4902 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4903 `cperl-indent-level'
4904 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4905 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4906 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4907 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4908 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4909 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4910 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4911 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4912 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4913 `cperl-brace-offset'
4914 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4915 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4916 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4917 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4918 `cperl-label-offset'
4919 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4920 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4921 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4923 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4924 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4925 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4926 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4927 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4928 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4930 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4931 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4932 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4933 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4935 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4936 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4937 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4938 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4939 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4940 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4941 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4943 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4944 column 0 is indented on
4945 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4947 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4948 with no args.
4950 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4951 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4952 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4954 \(fn)" t nil)
4956 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4957 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4959 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4961 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4962 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4964 \(fn)" t nil)
4966 ;;;***
4968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21669 40237 826337
4969 ;;;;;; 297000))
4970 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4972 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4973 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4974 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4975 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4976 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4978 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4980 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4981 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4983 \(fn)" t nil)
4985 ;;;***
4987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21669 40236 816336
4988 ;;;;;; 299000))
4989 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4991 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4992 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4993 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
4994 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
4995 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
4996 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
4997 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
4998 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5000 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5001 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5003 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5004 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5005 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5007 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5008 with empty strings removed.
5010 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5012 ;;;***
5014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21669 40237
5015 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
5016 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5018 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5019 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5021 \(fn)" t nil)
5023 ;;;***
5025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21669 40236
5026 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
5027 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5029 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5030 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5031 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5032 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5033 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5034 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5036 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5038 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5039 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5040 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5041 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5042 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5044 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5045 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5046 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5047 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5048 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5049 normal function of these prefix keys.
5051 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5052 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5053 options:
5054 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5055 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5056 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5058 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5059 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5060 the prefix fallback behavior.
5062 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5064 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5065 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5067 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5069 ;;;***
5071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21669 40236
5072 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
5073 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5075 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5076 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5077 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5081 ;;;***
5083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21669 40236 816336
5084 ;;;;;; 299000))
5085 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5087 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5088 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5090 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5092 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5093 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5095 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5097 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5098 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5100 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5102 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5103 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5105 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5106 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5108 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5109 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5111 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5113 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5115 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5116 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5117 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5119 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5120 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5122 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5123 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5125 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5126 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5128 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5130 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5132 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5133 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5134 Return VALUE.
5136 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5137 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5139 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5140 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5142 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5143 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5145 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5147 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5149 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5150 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5151 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5152 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5154 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5155 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5156 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5158 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5160 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5161 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5162 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5163 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5164 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5166 \(fn)" t nil)
5168 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5169 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5170 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5171 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5173 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5175 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5176 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5177 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5179 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5181 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5182 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5184 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5186 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5188 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5189 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5191 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5193 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5195 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5196 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5197 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5199 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5201 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5202 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5203 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5204 as part of Emacs itself.
5206 Each elements looks like this:
5208 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5210 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5211 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5212 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5213 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5214 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5215 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5216 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5217 and `defface'.
5219 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5221 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5222 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5223 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5224 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5225 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5227 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5228 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5229 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5230 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5232 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5234 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5235 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5236 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5237 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5238 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5239 release.
5241 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5242 that were added or redefined since that version.
5244 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5246 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5247 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5248 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5249 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5251 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5253 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5254 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5256 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5258 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5259 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5260 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5262 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5263 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5265 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5267 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5268 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5270 \(fn)" t nil)
5272 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5273 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5275 \(fn)" t nil)
5277 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5278 Customize all saved options and faces.
5280 \(fn)" t nil)
5282 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5283 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5284 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5285 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5286 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5287 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5289 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5290 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5291 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5293 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5295 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5296 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5298 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5300 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5301 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5303 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5305 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5306 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5308 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5310 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5311 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5312 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5313 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5314 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5315 that option.
5316 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5318 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5320 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5321 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5322 The result includes selecting that window.
5323 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5324 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5325 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5326 that option.
5328 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5330 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5331 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5333 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5335 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5336 File used for storing customization information.
5337 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5338 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5339 it should be an absolute file name.
5341 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5342 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5343 something like the following in your init file:
5345 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5346 \(load custom-file)
5348 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5349 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5351 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5352 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5353 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5354 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5355 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5357 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5358 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5359 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5360 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5361 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5362 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5363 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5364 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5365 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5366 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5368 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5370 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5371 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5373 \(fn)" nil nil)
5375 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5376 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5378 \(fn)" t nil)
5380 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5381 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5382 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5384 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5386 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5387 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5388 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5389 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5390 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5392 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5394 ;;;***
5396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21669 40236 816336
5397 ;;;;;; 299000))
5398 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5400 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5401 Create or edit a custom theme.
5402 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5403 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5404 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5405 from the Custom save file.
5406 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5407 named *Custom Theme*.
5409 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5411 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5412 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5414 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5416 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5417 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5419 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5421 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5422 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5423 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5424 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5426 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5428 ;;;***
5430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21669 40237
5431 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
5432 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5434 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5435 Mode used for cvs status output.
5437 \(fn)" t nil)
5439 ;;;***
5441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21669 40237 826337
5442 ;;;;;; 297000))
5443 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5444 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5446 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5447 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5449 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5451 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5452 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5453 C++ modes are included.
5455 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5456 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5457 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5459 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5461 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5463 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5464 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5465 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5466 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5467 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5468 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5470 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5472 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5473 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5474 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5475 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5476 ARG is omitted or nil.
5478 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5479 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5480 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5484 ;;;***
5486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21669
5487 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
5488 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5490 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5491 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5493 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5495 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5496 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5498 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5500 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5501 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5502 For readability, the table is slightly
5503 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5505 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5506 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5507 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5508 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5509 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5511 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5513 ;;;***
5515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21669 40236 816336
5516 ;;;;;; 299000))
5517 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5518 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5519 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5520 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5521 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5523 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5524 Completion on current word.
5525 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5526 and presents suggestions for completion.
5528 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5529 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5530 completions.
5532 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5533 then it searches *all* buffers.
5535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5537 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5538 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5540 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5541 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5542 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5543 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5544 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5546 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5547 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5549 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5550 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5551 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5553 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5554 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5556 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5558 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5560 ;;;***
5562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21669 40236
5563 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
5564 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5566 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5567 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5569 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5571 ;;;***
5573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
5574 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5576 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5577 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5578 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5579 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5580 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5582 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5584 ;;;***
5586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21669 40237
5587 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
5588 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5590 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5591 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5593 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5594 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5595 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5597 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5598 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5599 Data lines are not indented.
5601 Key bindings:
5603 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5604 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5606 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5607 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5608 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5609 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5611 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5613 dcl-basic-offset
5614 Extra indentation within blocks.
5616 dcl-continuation-offset
5617 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5619 dcl-margin-offset
5620 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5622 dcl-margin-label-offset
5623 Indentation for a label.
5625 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5626 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5628 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5629 dcl-block-end-regexp
5630 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5631 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5632 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5633 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5634 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5636 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5637 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5638 Two such functions are included in the package:
5639 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5640 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5642 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5643 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5644 One such function is included in the package:
5645 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5647 dcl-tab-always-indent
5648 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5649 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5650 margin.
5652 dcl-electric-characters
5653 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5654 typed.
5656 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5657 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5658 which words trigger electric indentation.
5660 dcl-tempo-comma
5661 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5662 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5663 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5665 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5666 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5667 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5668 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5670 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5671 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5672 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5673 dcl-imenu-label-call
5674 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5676 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5677 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5678 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5679 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5682 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5684 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5685 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5686 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5687 $ i = 1
5688 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5689 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5690 $ label:
5691 $ if i.eq.1
5692 $ then
5693 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5694 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5695 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5696 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5697 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5698 \"lined up with the command line\"
5699 $ type sys$input
5700 Data lines are not indented at all.
5701 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5702 $ endif
5706 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5707 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5709 \(fn)" t nil)
5711 ;;;***
5713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21669 40236
5714 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
5715 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5717 (setq debugger 'debug)
5719 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5720 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5721 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5722 of the evaluator.
5724 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5725 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5726 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5728 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5730 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5731 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5733 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5735 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5736 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5737 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5738 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5739 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5740 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5742 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5743 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5745 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5747 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5748 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5749 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5750 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5751 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5753 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5755 ;;;***
5757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21669 40237
5758 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
5759 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5761 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5762 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5764 \(fn)" t nil)
5766 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5767 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5768 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5769 Upper-case letters are commands.
5771 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5772 modify it.
5774 The most useful commands are:
5775 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5776 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5777 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5778 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5779 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5780 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5782 \(fn)" t nil)
5784 ;;;***
5786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21669 40236 816336
5787 ;;;;;; 299000))
5788 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5789 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5791 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5792 Customization of `columns' group.
5794 \(fn)" t nil)
5796 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5797 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5799 START and END delimits the text region.
5801 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5803 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5804 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5806 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5808 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5810 ;;;***
5812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21669 40236 816336 299000))
5813 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5815 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5817 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5818 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5819 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5820 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5821 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5822 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5824 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5826 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5827 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5828 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5829 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5830 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5832 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5833 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5834 point regardless of any selection.
5836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5838 ;;;***
5840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21669 40236
5841 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
5842 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5844 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5845 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5847 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5849 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5850 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5851 or nil if there is no parent.
5852 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5853 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5854 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5855 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5856 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5858 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5859 arguments are currently understood:
5860 :group GROUP
5861 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5862 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5863 :syntax-table TABLE
5864 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5865 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5866 :abbrev-table TABLE
5867 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5868 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5870 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5872 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5874 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5875 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5876 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5878 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5879 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5881 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5882 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5883 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5885 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5886 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5888 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5889 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5891 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5893 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5895 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5897 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5898 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5899 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5900 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5901 the first time the mode is used.
5903 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5905 ;;;***
5907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21669 40236 816336
5908 ;;;;;; 299000))
5909 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5911 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5912 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5913 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5914 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5915 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5916 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5917 otherwise.
5919 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5921 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5922 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5923 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5924 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5926 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5927 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5928 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5930 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5931 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5932 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5933 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5934 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5935 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5936 relevant to POS.
5938 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5940 ;;;***
5942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21669 40236 816336
5943 ;;;;;; 299000))
5944 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5946 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5947 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5948 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5949 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5950 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5951 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5953 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5955 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5956 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
5957 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
5958 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
5959 is omitted or nil.
5961 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
5962 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
5963 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
5964 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
5966 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
5967 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
5969 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
5970 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
5972 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
5974 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
5976 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5978 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5979 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5980 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5981 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5983 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5985 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5986 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5988 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5989 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5990 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5992 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5993 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5995 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5996 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5997 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5999 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6000 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6001 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6002 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6004 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6006 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6007 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6009 Handlers are called with argument list
6011 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6013 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6015 `desktop-file-version'
6016 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6017 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6018 `desktop-buffer-point'
6019 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6020 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6021 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6023 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6024 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6026 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6027 code like
6029 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6031 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6032 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6034 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6036 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6038 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6039 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6040 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6041 List elements must have the form
6043 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6045 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6046 function.
6048 Handlers are called with argument list
6050 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6052 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6054 `desktop-file-version'
6055 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6056 `desktop-buffer-name'
6057 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6058 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6059 `desktop-buffer-point'
6060 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6061 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6062 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6064 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6065 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6066 created and set.
6068 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6069 code like
6071 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6073 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6074 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6076 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6078 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6080 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6082 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6083 Empty the Desktop.
6084 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6085 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6086 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6087 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6088 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6089 if different).
6091 \(fn)" t nil)
6093 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6094 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6095 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6096 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6097 If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current desktop information
6098 to that in the desktop file, and if the desktop information has not
6099 changed since it was last saved then do not rewrite the file.
6101 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED)" t nil)
6103 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6104 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6105 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6107 \(fn)" t nil)
6109 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6110 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6111 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6112 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6113 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6114 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6115 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6116 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6118 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6120 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6121 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6122 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6124 \(fn)" nil nil)
6126 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6128 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6129 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6130 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6131 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6132 directory DIRNAME.
6134 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6136 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6137 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6139 \(fn)" t nil)
6141 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6142 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6144 \(fn)" t nil)
6146 ;;;***
6148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21669 40237
6149 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
6150 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6152 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6153 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6154 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6155 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6156 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6157 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6159 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6161 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6162 Repair a broken attribution line.
6163 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6165 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6167 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6168 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6169 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6170 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6172 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6174 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6175 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6177 \(fn)" t nil)
6179 ;;;***
6181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21669
6182 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
6183 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6185 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6186 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6187 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6188 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6189 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6193 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6194 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6195 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6196 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6198 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6199 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6200 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6201 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6203 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6204 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6206 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6207 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6208 calendar-date-style 'european
6209 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6211 \(diary-mail-entries)
6213 # diary-rem.el ends here
6215 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6217 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6218 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6220 \(fn)" t nil)
6222 ;;;***
6224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
6225 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6227 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6228 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6230 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6232 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6233 The command to use to run diff.")
6235 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6237 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6238 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6239 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6240 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6241 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6242 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6244 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6245 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6246 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6248 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6250 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6251 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6252 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6253 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6254 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6255 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6257 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6259 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6260 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6262 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6264 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6265 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6266 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6268 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6270 ;;;***
6272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21669 40237
6273 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
6274 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6276 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6277 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6278 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6279 normal diffs.
6281 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6282 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6283 headers for you on-the-fly.
6285 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6286 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6287 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6289 \\{diff-mode-map}
6291 \(fn)" t nil)
6293 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6294 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6295 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6296 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6297 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6299 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6301 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6303 ;;;***
6305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
6306 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6308 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6309 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6310 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6312 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6314 ;;;***
6316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21670 36217 665624 229000))
6317 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6319 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6320 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6321 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6322 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6323 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6324 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6325 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6326 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6328 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6330 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6331 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6332 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6333 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6334 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6335 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6337 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6338 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6339 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6340 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6341 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6342 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6343 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6344 list of files to make directory entries for.
6345 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6346 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6347 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6349 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6351 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6352 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6354 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6355 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6357 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6358 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6360 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6361 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6363 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6365 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6366 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6368 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6370 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6371 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6372 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6373 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6374 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6375 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6376 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6377 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6378 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6379 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6380 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6381 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6382 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6383 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6384 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6385 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6386 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6387 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6388 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6389 to see why something went wrong.
6390 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6391 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6392 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6393 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6394 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6395 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6396 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6397 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6398 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6399 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6400 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6401 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6402 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6404 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6405 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6406 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6407 again for the directory tree.
6409 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6410 for more info):
6412 `dired-listing-switches'
6413 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6414 `dired-marker-char'
6415 `dired-del-marker'
6416 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6417 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6418 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6419 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6421 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6423 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6424 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6425 `dired-mode-hook'
6426 `dired-load-hook'
6428 Keybindings:
6429 \\{dired-mode-map}
6431 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6432 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6434 ;;;***
6436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21669 40236 816336
6437 ;;;;;; 299000))
6438 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6440 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6441 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6442 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6443 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6444 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6446 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6447 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6448 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6450 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6451 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6452 directory.
6454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6456 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6457 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6458 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6459 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6460 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6461 from `default-directory'.
6463 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6465 ;;;***
6467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21669 40236
6468 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
6469 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6471 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6472 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6473 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6474 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6475 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6476 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6478 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6480 ;;;***
6482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21669 40236 816336
6483 ;;;;;; 299000))
6484 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6486 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6487 Return a new, empty display table.
6489 \(fn)" nil nil)
6491 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6492 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6493 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6494 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6495 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6497 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6499 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6500 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6501 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6502 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6503 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6505 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6507 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6508 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6510 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6512 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6513 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6515 \(fn)" t nil)
6517 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6518 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6520 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6521 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6523 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6524 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6525 byte.
6527 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6528 in the default way after this call.
6530 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6532 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6533 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6535 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6537 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6538 Display character C using printable string S.
6540 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6542 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6543 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6544 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6545 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6547 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6549 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6550 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6551 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6552 X frame.
6554 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6556 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6557 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6559 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6561 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6562 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6564 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6566 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6567 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6569 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6571 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6572 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6574 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6576 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6577 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6579 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6581 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6582 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6584 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6585 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6587 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6588 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6590 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6591 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6592 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6593 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6595 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6596 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6597 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6598 in `.emacs'.
6600 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6602 ;;;***
6604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21669 40237
6605 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
6606 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6608 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6609 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6610 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6611 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6612 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6613 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6614 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6615 Default is 2.
6617 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6619 ;;;***
6621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21669 40236 816336 299000))
6622 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6624 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6625 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6626 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6627 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6628 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6629 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6630 private or ask).
6631 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6632 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6633 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6634 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6635 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6637 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6639 ;;;***
6641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21669 40237
6642 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
6643 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6645 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6646 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6647 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6648 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6649 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6650 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6651 table and its own syntax table.
6653 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6655 \(fn)" t nil)
6656 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6658 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6659 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6661 \(fn)" t nil)
6663 ;;;***
6665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21669 40236 816336
6666 ;;;;;; 299000))
6667 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6669 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6670 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6671 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6672 OpenDocument format).
6674 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6676 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6677 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6679 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6680 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6682 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6683 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6684 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6686 \(fn)" t nil)
6688 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6689 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6690 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6691 to the next best mode.
6693 \(fn)" nil nil)
6695 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6696 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6697 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6698 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6699 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6701 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6703 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6705 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6708 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6710 ;;;***
6712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21669 40237 316336
6713 ;;;;;; 766000))
6714 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6716 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6717 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6719 \(fn)" t nil)
6721 ;;;***
6723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21669 40236 816336 299000))
6724 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6726 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6727 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6728 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6729 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6730 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6732 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6733 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6737 ;;;***
6739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21669 40237 316336
6740 ;;;;;; 766000))
6741 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6742 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6744 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6745 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6747 \(fn)" t nil)
6749 ;;;***
6751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21669
6752 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
6753 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6755 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6757 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6758 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6759 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6760 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6761 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6763 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6764 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6765 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6766 and disables it otherwise.
6768 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6769 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6770 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6771 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6773 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6774 documenting what its argument does.
6776 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6777 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6778 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6779 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6780 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6781 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6782 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6783 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6785 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6786 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6787 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6788 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6789 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6790 mode is global):
6792 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6793 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6794 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6795 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6796 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6797 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6798 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6799 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6800 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6801 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6802 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6803 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6804 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6805 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6806 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6807 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6808 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6809 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6810 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6811 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6812 in :variable).
6814 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6815 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6817 For example, you could write
6818 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6819 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6820 ...BODY CODE...)
6822 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6824 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6826 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6828 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6830 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6831 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6832 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6833 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6834 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6835 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6836 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6837 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6838 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6839 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6840 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6841 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6843 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6844 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6845 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6846 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6847 call another major mode in their body.
6849 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6850 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6851 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6853 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6855 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6857 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6858 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6859 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6860 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6861 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6862 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6863 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6865 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6867 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6868 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6869 :inherit Parent keymap.
6870 :group Ignored.
6871 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6872 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6874 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6876 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6877 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6878 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6879 the constant's documentation.
6881 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6883 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6884 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6885 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6887 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6889 ;;;***
6891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21669
6892 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
6893 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6895 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6896 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6897 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6898 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6900 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6901 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6902 as a top-level menu bar item.
6904 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6905 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6906 pairs:
6908 :filter FUNCTION
6909 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6910 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6911 items to actually display.
6913 :visible INCLUDE
6914 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6915 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6916 alias for `:visible'.
6918 :active ENABLE
6919 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6920 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6921 an alias for `:active'.
6923 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6924 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6926 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6928 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6930 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6931 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6933 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6934 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6936 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6938 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6940 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6941 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6943 :keys KEYS
6944 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6945 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6946 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
6947 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6949 :key-sequence KEYS
6950 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6951 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6952 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6953 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6955 :active ENABLE
6956 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6957 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
6958 alias for `:active'.
6960 :visible INCLUDE
6961 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6962 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
6963 `:visible'.
6965 :label FORM
6966 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6967 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
6969 :suffix FORM
6970 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6971 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
6973 :style STYLE
6974 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
6975 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
6976 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
6978 :selected SELECTED
6979 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
6980 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
6982 :help HELP
6983 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6985 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
6986 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
6987 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
6989 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
6990 MENU. This is a submenu.
6992 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
6994 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6996 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6999 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7001 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7002 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7003 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7004 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7006 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7008 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7009 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7010 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7011 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7012 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7013 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7015 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7016 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7017 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7019 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7020 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7021 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7023 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7024 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7026 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7028 ;;;***
7030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21669 40237
7031 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
7032 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7033 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7035 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7036 Customization for ebnf group.
7038 \(fn)" t nil)
7040 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7041 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7043 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7045 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7046 processed.
7048 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7050 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7052 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7053 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7055 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7056 killed after process termination.
7058 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7060 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7062 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7063 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7065 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7066 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7067 it to the printer.
7069 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7070 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7071 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7072 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7074 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7076 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7077 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7078 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7080 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7082 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7083 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7085 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7087 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7088 processed.
7090 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7092 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7094 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7095 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7097 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7098 killed after process termination.
7100 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7102 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7104 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7105 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7106 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7107 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7109 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7111 \(fn)" t nil)
7113 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7114 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7115 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7117 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7119 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7121 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7122 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7124 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7126 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7127 processed.
7129 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7131 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7133 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7134 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7136 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7137 killed after EPS generation.
7139 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7141 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7143 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7144 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7146 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7147 The EPS file name has the following form:
7149 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7151 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7152 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7154 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7155 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7156 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7157 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7158 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7160 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7161 files.
7163 \(fn)" t nil)
7165 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7166 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7168 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7169 The EPS file name has the following form:
7171 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7173 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7174 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7176 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7177 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7178 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7179 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7180 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7182 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7183 files.
7185 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7187 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7189 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7190 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7192 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7194 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7195 are processed.
7197 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7199 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7201 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7202 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7204 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7205 killed after syntax checking.
7207 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7209 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7211 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7212 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7214 \(fn)" t nil)
7216 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7217 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7219 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7221 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7222 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7224 \(fn)" nil nil)
7226 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7227 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7229 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7231 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7233 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7234 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7236 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7238 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7240 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7241 Delete style NAME.
7243 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7245 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7247 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7248 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7250 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7252 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7254 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7255 Set STYLE as the current style.
7257 Returns the old style symbol.
7259 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7261 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7263 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7264 Reset current style.
7266 Returns the old style symbol.
7268 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7270 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7272 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7273 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7275 Returns the old style symbol.
7277 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7279 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7281 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7283 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7284 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7286 Returns the old style symbol.
7288 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7290 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7292 \(fn)" t nil)
7294 ;;;***
7296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21669 40237
7297 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
7298 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7300 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7301 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7302 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7303 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7304 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7305 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7307 Tree mode key bindings:
7308 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7310 \(fn)" t nil)
7312 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7313 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7315 \(fn)" t nil)
7317 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7318 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7320 \(fn)" t nil)
7322 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7323 View declaration of member at point.
7325 \(fn)" t nil)
7327 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7328 Find declaration of member at point.
7330 \(fn)" t nil)
7332 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7333 View definition of member at point.
7335 \(fn)" t nil)
7337 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7338 Find definition of member at point.
7340 \(fn)" t nil)
7342 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7343 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7345 \(fn)" t nil)
7347 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7348 View definition of member at point in other window.
7350 \(fn)" t nil)
7352 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7353 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7355 \(fn)" t nil)
7357 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7358 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7360 \(fn)" t nil)
7362 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7363 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7365 \(fn)" t nil)
7367 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7368 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7370 \(fn)" t nil)
7372 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7373 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7374 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7375 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7376 completion.
7378 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7380 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7381 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7382 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7383 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7385 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7387 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7388 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7389 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7390 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7392 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7394 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7395 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7396 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7398 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7400 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7401 Search for call sites of a member.
7402 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7403 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7404 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7405 looks like a function call to the member.
7407 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7409 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7410 Move backward in the position stack.
7411 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7413 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7415 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7416 Move forward in the position stack.
7417 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7419 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7421 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7422 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7424 \(fn)" t nil)
7426 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7427 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7429 \(fn)" t nil)
7431 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7432 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7433 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7434 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7436 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7438 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7439 Display statistics for a class tree.
7441 \(fn)" t nil)
7443 ;;;***
7445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21669 40236 816336
7446 ;;;;;; 299000))
7447 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7449 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7450 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7451 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7452 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7453 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7454 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7455 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7457 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7459 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7460 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7461 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7462 also has this effect.
7463 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7464 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7465 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7466 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7467 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7468 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7469 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7470 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7471 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7472 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7474 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7476 ;;;***
7478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21669 40236 816336
7479 ;;;;;; 299000))
7480 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7482 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7483 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7484 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7486 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7488 ;;;***
7490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21669 40237
7491 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
7492 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7494 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7497 \(fn)" nil nil)
7499 ;;;***
7501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21669 40236 816336 299000))
7502 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7503 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7505 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7506 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7507 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7508 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7509 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7510 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7512 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7514 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7515 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7516 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7517 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7518 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7520 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7521 an EDE controlled project.
7523 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7525 ;;;***
7527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21669 40236
7528 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
7529 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7531 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7532 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7533 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7534 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7535 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7537 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7538 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7539 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7540 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7542 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7544 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7545 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7546 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7547 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7549 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7551 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7552 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7553 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7554 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7556 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7558 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7560 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7561 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7562 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7563 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7564 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7566 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7567 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7568 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7569 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7570 instrumented for Edebug.
7572 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7573 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7574 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7575 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7576 already is one.)
7578 \(fn)" t nil)
7580 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7581 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7583 \(fn)" t nil)
7585 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7586 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7588 \(fn)" t nil)
7590 ;;;***
7592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
7593 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7594 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7596 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7597 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7599 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7601 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7602 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7604 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7606 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7608 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7610 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7611 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7612 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7613 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7615 \(fn)" t nil)
7617 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7618 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7619 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7620 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7622 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7624 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7625 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7627 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7629 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7631 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7632 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7634 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7636 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7638 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7639 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7640 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7641 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7643 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7645 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7647 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7648 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7649 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7650 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7652 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7654 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7656 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7657 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7658 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7659 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7661 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7663 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7665 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7666 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7667 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7668 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7670 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7672 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7674 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7675 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7676 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7677 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7678 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7679 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7681 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7683 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7684 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7685 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7686 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7688 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7690 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7692 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7693 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7694 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7695 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7697 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7699 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7701 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7703 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7704 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7705 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7706 follows:
7707 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7708 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7710 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7712 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7713 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7714 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7715 follows:
7716 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7717 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7719 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7721 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7722 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7723 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7724 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7725 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7727 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7729 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7730 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7731 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7732 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7733 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7734 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7736 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7738 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7740 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7741 Merge two files without ancestor.
7743 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7745 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7746 Merge two files with ancestor.
7748 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7750 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7752 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7753 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7755 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7757 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7758 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7760 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7762 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7763 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7764 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7765 buffer.
7767 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7769 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7770 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7771 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7772 buffer.
7774 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7776 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7777 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7778 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7779 and don't ask the user.
7780 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7781 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7783 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7785 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7786 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7787 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7788 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7789 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7790 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7791 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7792 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7794 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7796 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7798 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7800 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7801 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7802 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7803 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7804 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7806 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7808 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7810 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7811 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7812 When called interactively, displays the version.
7814 \(fn)" t nil)
7816 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7817 Display Ediff's manual.
7818 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7820 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7822 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7825 \(fn)" nil nil)
7827 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7830 \(fn)" nil nil)
7832 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7835 \(fn)" nil nil)
7837 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7840 \(fn)" nil nil)
7842 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7845 \(fn)" nil nil)
7847 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7850 \(fn)" nil nil)
7852 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7855 \(fn)" nil nil)
7857 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7860 \(fn)" nil nil)
7862 ;;;***
7864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21669 40237
7865 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
7866 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7868 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7871 \(fn)" t nil)
7873 ;;;***
7875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21669 40237
7876 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
7877 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7879 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7880 Display Ediff's registry.
7882 \(fn)" t nil)
7884 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7886 ;;;***
7888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21669 40237
7889 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
7890 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7892 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7893 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7894 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7895 which see.
7897 \(fn)" t nil)
7899 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7900 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7901 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7902 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7904 \(fn)" t nil)
7906 ;;;***
7908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21669 40236 816336
7909 ;;;;;; 299000))
7910 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7911 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7913 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7914 Edit a keyboard macro.
7915 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7916 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7917 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7918 its command name.
7919 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7921 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7923 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7924 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7926 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7928 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7929 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7931 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7933 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7934 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7935 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7936 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7937 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7938 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7940 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7941 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7942 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7943 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7945 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7947 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7948 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7949 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7950 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7951 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7952 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7954 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7956 ;;;***
7958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21669 40236 816336
7959 ;;;;;; 299000))
7960 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7962 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7963 Set scroll margins.
7964 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7965 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7967 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7969 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7970 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7972 \(fn)" t nil)
7974 ;;;***
7976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21669 40236 816336 299000))
7977 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7979 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7980 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7981 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7982 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7983 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7984 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7985 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7987 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7988 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7990 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7991 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7992 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7993 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7995 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7996 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7997 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7999 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8000 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8001 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8003 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8005 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8008 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8010 ;;;***
8012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21670 36216
8013 ;;;;;; 665623 730000))
8014 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8015 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8017 ;;;***
8019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21669
8020 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
8021 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8022 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8024 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8025 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8026 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8027 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8028 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8029 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8030 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8032 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8034 ;;;***
8036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (21669 40236
8037 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
8038 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8040 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8041 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8043 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8045 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8046 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8047 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8048 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8049 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8051 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8052 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8053 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8054 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8055 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8056 expression point is on.
8058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8060 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-eldoc-mode 'eldoc-mode "24.4")
8062 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8063 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8064 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8065 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8066 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8067 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8068 arg list.
8070 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8071 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8072 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8073 effect.
8075 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8076 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8078 ;;;***
8080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21669 40236 816336
8081 ;;;;;; 299000))
8082 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8084 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8085 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8087 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8088 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8089 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8091 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8093 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8094 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8095 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8096 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8097 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8098 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8100 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8102 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8103 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8104 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8105 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8106 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8108 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8109 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8110 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
8112 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8114 ;;;***
8116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21669 40236 816336
8117 ;;;;;; 299000))
8118 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8120 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8121 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8123 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8124 an elided material again.
8126 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8128 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8130 ;;;***
8132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21669 40236
8133 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
8134 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8136 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8137 Lint the file FILE.
8139 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8141 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8142 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8143 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8145 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8147 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8148 Lint the current buffer.
8149 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8151 \(fn)" t nil)
8153 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8154 Lint the function at point.
8155 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8157 \(fn)" t nil)
8159 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8160 Initialize elint.
8161 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8162 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8164 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8166 ;;;***
8168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21669 40236 816336
8169 ;;;;;; 299000))
8170 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8172 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8173 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8174 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8176 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8178 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8179 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8180 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8181 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8183 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8185 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8186 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8187 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8189 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8191 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8193 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8194 Display current profiling results.
8195 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8196 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8197 displayed.
8199 \(fn)" t nil)
8201 ;;;***
8203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21669 40236 816336
8204 ;;;;;; 299000))
8205 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8207 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8208 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8209 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8210 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8211 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8212 ARG is omitted or nil.
8214 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8215 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8216 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8217 used instead.
8219 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8221 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8222 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8223 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8225 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8227 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8229 ;;;***
8231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21669 40237
8232 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
8233 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8235 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8236 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8237 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8239 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8241 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8243 ;;;***
8245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21607 56059 804396
8246 ;;;;;; 982000))
8247 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8249 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8250 Run Emerge on two files.
8252 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8254 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8255 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8257 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8259 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8260 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8262 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8264 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8265 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8267 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8269 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8272 \(fn)" nil nil)
8274 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8277 \(fn)" nil nil)
8279 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8282 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8284 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8287 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8289 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8290 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8292 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8294 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8295 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8297 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8299 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8302 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8304 ;;;***
8306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21669 40237
8307 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
8308 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8310 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8311 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8312 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8313 text/enriched format.
8315 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8316 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8317 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8319 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8321 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8322 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8324 Commands:
8326 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8328 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8330 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8333 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8335 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8338 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8340 ;;;***
8342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21669 40236 816336 299000))
8343 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8345 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8346 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8348 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8350 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8351 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8353 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8355 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8356 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8357 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8358 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8359 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8360 the keys are listed.
8361 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8363 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8365 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8366 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8367 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8369 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8371 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8372 Verify FILE.
8374 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8376 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8377 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8379 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8381 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8382 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8384 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8386 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8387 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8389 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8390 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8391 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8392 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8394 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8395 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8396 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8397 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8398 should consider using the string based counterpart
8399 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8400 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8402 For example:
8404 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8405 (decode-coding-string
8406 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8407 'utf-8))
8409 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8411 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8412 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8414 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8415 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8417 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8419 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8420 Verify the current region between START and END.
8422 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8423 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8424 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8425 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8426 should consider using the string based counterpart
8427 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8428 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8430 For example:
8432 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8433 (decode-coding-string
8434 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8435 'utf-8))
8437 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8439 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8440 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8441 between START and END.
8443 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8444 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8446 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8448 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8449 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8451 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8452 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8453 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8454 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8455 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8456 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8458 For example:
8460 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8461 (epg-sign-string
8462 context
8463 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8465 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8467 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8468 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8470 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8471 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8472 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8473 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8474 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8475 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8477 For example:
8479 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8480 (epg-encrypt-string
8481 context
8482 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8483 nil))
8485 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8487 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8488 Delete selected KEYS.
8490 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8492 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8493 Import keys from FILE.
8495 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8497 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8498 Import keys from the region.
8500 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8502 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8503 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8504 between START and END.
8506 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8508 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8509 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8511 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8513 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8514 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8516 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8518 ;;;***
8520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21669 40236 816336
8521 ;;;;;; 299000))
8522 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8524 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8525 Decrypt marked files.
8527 \(fn)" t nil)
8529 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8530 Verify marked files.
8532 \(fn)" t nil)
8534 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8535 Sign marked files.
8537 \(fn)" t nil)
8539 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8540 Encrypt marked files.
8542 \(fn)" t nil)
8544 ;;;***
8546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21669 40236 816336
8547 ;;;;;; 299000))
8548 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8550 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8553 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8555 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8558 \(fn)" t nil)
8560 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8563 \(fn)" t nil)
8565 ;;;***
8567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21669 40236 816336
8568 ;;;;;; 299000))
8569 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8571 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8572 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8573 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8574 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8575 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8577 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8579 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8580 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8581 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8583 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8585 \(fn)" t nil)
8587 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8588 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8589 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8591 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8593 \(fn)" t nil)
8595 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8596 Sign the current buffer.
8597 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8599 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8601 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8603 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8604 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8605 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8606 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8607 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8608 and also whether and how to sign.
8610 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8611 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8612 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8614 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8616 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8618 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8619 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8620 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8622 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8624 \(fn)" t nil)
8626 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8627 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8628 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8629 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8630 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8631 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8633 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8635 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8636 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8637 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8638 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8639 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8641 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8643 ;;;***
8645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21669 40236 816336 299000))
8646 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8647 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8649 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8650 Return a context object.
8652 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8654 ;;;***
8656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21669 40236 816336
8657 ;;;;;; 299000))
8658 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8660 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8661 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8663 \(fn)" nil nil)
8665 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8666 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8668 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8670 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8671 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8673 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8675 ;;;***
8677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21669 40236 816336 299000))
8678 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8680 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8681 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8683 \(fn)" nil nil)
8685 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8686 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8687 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8689 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8691 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8692 (server (erc-compute-server))
8693 (port (erc-compute-port))
8694 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8695 password
8696 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8698 That is, if called with
8700 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8702 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8703 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8704 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8706 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8708 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8710 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8711 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8712 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8714 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8716 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8717 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8718 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8719 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8721 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8723 ;;;***
8725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21669
8726 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
8727 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8728 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8730 ;;;***
8732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21669 40236
8733 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
8734 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8735 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8737 ;;;***
8739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21669 40236
8740 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
8741 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8742 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8744 ;;;***
8746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21669 40236
8747 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
8748 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8749 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8751 ;;;***
8753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21669 40236 816336
8754 ;;;;;; 299000))
8755 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8756 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8758 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8759 Parser for /dcc command.
8760 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8761 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8762 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8764 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8766 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8767 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8769 \(fn)" nil nil)
8771 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8772 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8774 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8775 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8776 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8777 that subcommand.
8779 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8781 ;;;***
8783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8784 ;;;;;; (21669 40236 816336 299000))
8785 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8786 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8788 ;;;***
8790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21669
8791 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
8792 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8794 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8795 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8797 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8799 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8800 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8801 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8802 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8804 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8806 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8809 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8811 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8812 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8814 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8816 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8817 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8819 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8821 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8822 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8824 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8826 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8827 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8829 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8831 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8832 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8834 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8836 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8837 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8839 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8841 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8842 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8844 \(fn)" nil nil)
8846 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8847 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8849 \(fn)" nil nil)
8851 ;;;***
8853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21669 40236 816336
8854 ;;;;;; 299000))
8855 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8856 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8858 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8859 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8860 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8862 \(fn)" nil nil)
8864 ;;;***
8866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21669 40236
8867 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
8868 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8869 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8871 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8872 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8873 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8874 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8875 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8876 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8877 system.
8879 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8881 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8884 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8886 ;;;***
8888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21669 40236
8889 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
8890 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8892 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8895 \(fn)" nil nil)
8897 ;;;***
8899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21669 40236 816336
8900 ;;;;;; 299000))
8901 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8902 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8904 ;;;***
8906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21669 40236 816336
8907 ;;;;;; 299000))
8908 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8909 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8911 ;;;***
8913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21669 40236 816336
8914 ;;;;;; 299000))
8915 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8916 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8918 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8919 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8920 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8921 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8922 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8923 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8925 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8927 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8928 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8929 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8930 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8932 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8933 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8934 automatically.
8936 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8937 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8939 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8941 ;;;***
8943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21669 40236
8944 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
8945 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8946 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8948 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8949 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8951 \(fn)" t nil)
8953 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8954 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8956 \(fn)" t nil)
8958 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8959 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8961 \(fn)" t nil)
8963 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8964 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8966 \(fn)" t nil)
8968 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8969 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8971 \(fn)" t nil)
8973 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8974 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8976 \(fn)" t nil)
8978 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8979 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8981 \(fn)" t nil)
8983 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8984 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8986 \(fn)" t nil)
8988 ;;;***
8990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21669 40236 816336
8991 ;;;;;; 299000))
8992 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8993 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8995 ;;;***
8997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21669
8998 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
8999 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9000 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9002 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9003 Show who's gone.
9005 \(fn)" nil nil)
9007 ;;;***
9009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21669
9010 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
9011 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9013 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9014 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9015 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9016 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9018 \(fn)" nil nil)
9020 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9021 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9023 \(fn)" t nil)
9025 ;;;***
9027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21669 40236
9028 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
9029 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9030 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9032 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9033 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9034 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9035 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9037 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9039 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9042 \(fn)" nil nil)
9044 ;;;***
9046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21669 40236 816336
9047 ;;;;;; 299000))
9048 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9049 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9051 ;;;***
9053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21669
9054 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
9055 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9056 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9058 ;;;***
9060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21669 40236
9061 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
9062 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9063 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9065 ;;;***
9067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21669 40236 816336
9068 ;;;;;; 299000))
9069 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9070 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9072 ;;;***
9074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21669
9075 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
9076 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9077 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9079 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9080 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9082 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9084 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9085 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9086 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9088 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9090 ;;;***
9092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21669 40236
9093 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
9094 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9095 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9097 ;;;***
9099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21669
9100 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
9101 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9103 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9104 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9105 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9107 \(fn)" t nil)
9109 ;;;***
9111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21669
9112 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
9113 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9114 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9116 ;;;***
9118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21669 40236
9119 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
9120 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9121 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9123 ;;;***
9125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21669 40236
9126 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
9127 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9129 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9130 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9131 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9133 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9135 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9136 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9137 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9138 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9139 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9141 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9142 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9143 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9144 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9146 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9147 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9149 ;;;***
9151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21669
9152 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
9153 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9154 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9156 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9157 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9158 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9159 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9161 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9163 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9164 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9165 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9167 \(fn)" t nil)
9169 ;;;***
9171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21669 40236 816336
9172 ;;;;;; 299000))
9173 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9174 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9176 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9177 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9179 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9181 ;;;***
9183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21669 40236 816336
9184 ;;;;;; 299000))
9185 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9187 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9188 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9190 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9191 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9193 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9194 useful for assertions in BODY.
9196 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9198 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9199 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9200 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9202 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9204 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9206 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9208 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9209 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9211 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9212 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9213 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9214 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9216 Returns the stats object.
9218 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9220 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9221 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9223 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9224 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9225 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9226 the tests).
9228 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9230 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9231 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9233 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9234 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9235 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9236 and how to display message.
9238 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9240 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9242 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9243 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9245 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9247 ;;;***
9249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21669 40236
9250 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
9251 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9253 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9255 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9256 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9258 \(fn)" t nil)
9260 ;;;***
9262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21669 40236
9263 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
9264 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9266 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9267 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9269 \(fn)" t nil)
9271 ;;;***
9273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21669 40236 816336
9274 ;;;;;; 299000))
9275 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9276 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9278 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9279 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9280 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9281 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9282 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9283 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9284 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9285 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9286 buffer selected (or created).
9288 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9290 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9291 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9292 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9294 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9296 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9297 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9298 The result might be any Lisp object.
9299 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9300 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9301 corresponding to a successful execution.
9303 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9305 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9307 ;;;***
9309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21669 40237 826337
9310 ;;;;;; 297000))
9311 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9313 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9314 File name of tags table.
9315 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9316 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9317 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9318 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9319 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9321 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9322 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9323 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9324 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9326 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9328 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9329 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9330 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9331 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9332 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9333 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9335 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9337 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9338 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9339 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9341 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9343 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9344 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9345 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9346 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9347 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9349 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9351 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9352 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9353 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9354 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9356 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9358 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9359 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9360 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9361 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9362 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9364 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9366 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9367 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9369 \(fn)" t nil)
9371 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9372 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9373 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9374 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9376 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9377 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9378 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9379 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9380 file the tag was in.
9382 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9384 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9385 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9386 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9387 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9388 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9389 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9390 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9391 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9392 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9394 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9396 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9397 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9398 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9399 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9400 without directory names.
9402 \(fn)" nil nil)
9403 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9404 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9405 (progn
9406 (load "etags")
9407 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9409 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9410 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9411 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9412 but does not select the buffer.
9413 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9415 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9416 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9417 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9418 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9419 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9421 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9423 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9424 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9425 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9427 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9429 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9431 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9432 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9433 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9434 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9436 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9437 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9438 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9439 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9440 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9442 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9444 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9445 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9446 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9448 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9450 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9451 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9453 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9454 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9455 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9456 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9457 around or before point.
9459 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9460 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9461 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9462 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9463 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9465 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9467 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9468 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9469 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9471 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9473 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9474 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9476 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9477 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9478 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9479 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9480 around or before point.
9482 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9483 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9484 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9485 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9486 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9488 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9490 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9491 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9492 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9494 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9496 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9497 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9499 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9500 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9501 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9503 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9504 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9505 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9506 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9507 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9509 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9511 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9512 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9513 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9515 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9517 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9518 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9519 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9521 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9522 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9524 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9525 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9526 where they were found.
9528 \(fn)" t nil)
9530 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9531 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9533 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9534 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9535 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9537 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9538 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9540 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9541 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9543 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9545 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9546 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9547 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9548 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9550 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9551 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9552 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9553 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9554 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9556 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9557 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9559 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9560 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9561 Stops when a match is found.
9562 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9564 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9565 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9566 restricted to these files.
9568 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9570 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9572 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9573 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9574 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9575 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9576 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9577 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9578 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9579 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9581 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9582 produce the list of files to search.
9584 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9586 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9588 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9589 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9590 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9591 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9592 directory specification.
9594 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9596 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9597 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9599 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9601 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9602 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9603 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9604 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9606 \(fn)" t nil)
9608 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9609 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9610 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9611 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9612 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9614 \(fn)" t nil)
9616 ;;;***
9618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21669
9619 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
9620 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9622 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9625 \(fn)" nil nil)
9627 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9628 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9630 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9631 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9633 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9634 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9635 primary language.
9637 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9638 even if the buffer is read-only.
9640 See also the descriptions of the variables
9641 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9643 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9645 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9646 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9648 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9649 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9651 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9652 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9653 primary language.
9655 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9656 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9658 See also the descriptions of the variables
9659 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9661 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9663 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9664 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9665 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9666 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9668 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9670 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9671 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9672 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9673 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9675 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9676 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9677 primary language.
9679 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9680 buffer is read-only.
9682 See also the descriptions of the variables
9683 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9684 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9686 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9688 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9689 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9691 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9692 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9694 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9695 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9696 the primary language.
9698 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9699 buffer is read-only.
9701 See also the descriptions of the variables
9702 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9703 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9705 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9707 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9708 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9709 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9711 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9713 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9714 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9716 \(fn)" t nil)
9718 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9719 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9721 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9722 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9723 be 1, 2, or 3.
9725 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9726 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9727 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9729 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9731 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9733 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9734 This function is deprecated.
9736 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9738 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9739 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9741 \(fn)" t nil)
9743 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9744 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9746 \(fn)" t nil)
9748 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9749 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9751 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9752 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9754 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9755 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9757 \(fn)" nil nil)
9759 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9760 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9762 \(fn)" nil nil)
9764 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9765 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9767 \(fn)" nil nil)
9769 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9770 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9772 \(fn)" nil nil)
9774 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9775 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9776 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9778 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9780 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9783 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9785 ;;;***
9787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
9788 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9790 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9791 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9792 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9793 server for future sessions.
9795 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9797 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9798 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9799 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9801 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9803 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9804 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9805 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9807 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9809 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9810 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9811 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9812 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9813 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9814 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9815 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9816 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9817 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9818 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9819 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9820 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9822 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9824 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9825 Display a form to query the directory server.
9826 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9827 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9829 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9831 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9832 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9833 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9835 \(fn)" t nil)
9837 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9839 ;;;***
9841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21669 40237 316336
9842 ;;;;;; 766000))
9843 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9845 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9846 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9848 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9850 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9851 Display URL and make it clickable.
9853 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9855 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9856 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9858 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9860 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9861 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9863 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9865 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9866 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9868 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9870 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9871 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9873 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9875 ;;;***
9877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21669 40237
9878 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
9879 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9881 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9882 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9883 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9885 \(fn)" t nil)
9887 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9888 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9890 \(fn)" t nil)
9892 ;;;***
9894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21669
9895 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
9896 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9898 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9899 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9901 \(fn)" t nil)
9903 ;;;***
9905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21669 40236 816336
9906 ;;;;;; 299000))
9907 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9909 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9910 Create an empty ewoc.
9912 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9914 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9915 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9916 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9917 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9918 `insert-before-markers'.
9920 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9921 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9922 respectively, of the ewoc.
9924 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9925 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9926 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9928 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9930 ;;;***
9932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
9933 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9935 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
9936 Fetch URL and render the page.
9937 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
9938 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
9940 \(fn URL)" t nil)
9941 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
9943 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
9944 Render a file using EWW.
9946 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9948 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
9951 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
9953 ;;;***
9955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21669
9956 ;;;;;; 40237 826337 297000))
9957 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9959 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9960 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9961 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9963 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9965 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9966 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9967 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9968 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9969 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9971 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9973 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9974 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9975 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9976 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9977 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9978 executable.
9980 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9982 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9983 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9984 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9986 \(fn)" t nil)
9988 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9989 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9990 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9991 file modes.
9993 \(fn)" nil nil)
9995 ;;;***
9997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21669 40236 816336 299000))
9998 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10000 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10001 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10002 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10003 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10005 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10007 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10008 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10009 to generate such functions.
10011 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10012 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10013 beginning of the expanded text.
10015 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10016 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10017 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10018 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10020 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10022 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10024 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10025 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10026 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10028 \(fn)" nil nil)
10030 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10031 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10032 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10034 \(fn)" t nil)
10036 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10037 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10038 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10040 \(fn)" t nil)
10041 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10042 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10044 ;;;***
10046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21669 40237 826337
10047 ;;;;;; 297000))
10048 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10050 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10051 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10052 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10054 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10055 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10056 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10058 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10060 Key definitions:
10061 \\{f90-mode-map}
10063 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10065 `f90-do-indent'
10066 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10067 `f90-if-indent'
10068 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10069 `f90-type-indent'
10070 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10071 `f90-program-indent'
10072 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10073 (default 2).
10074 `f90-associate-indent'
10075 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10076 `f90-critical-indent'
10077 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10078 `f90-continuation-indent'
10079 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10080 `f90-comment-region'
10081 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10082 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10083 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10084 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10085 (default \"!\").
10086 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10087 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10088 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10089 `f90-break-delimiters'
10090 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10091 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10092 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10093 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10094 (default t).
10095 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10096 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10097 `f90-smart-end'
10098 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10099 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10100 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10101 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10102 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10103 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10104 `f90-leave-line-no'
10105 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10107 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10108 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10110 \(fn)" t nil)
10112 ;;;***
10114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21669 40236 816336
10115 ;;;;;; 299000))
10116 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10118 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10119 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10120 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10121 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10123 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10124 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10125 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10126 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10127 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10129 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10130 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10131 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10132 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10133 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10134 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10135 attributes.
10137 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10138 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10140 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10142 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10143 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10144 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10145 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10147 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10149 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10150 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10151 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10152 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10154 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10155 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10156 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10158 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10159 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10160 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10161 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10163 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10165 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10166 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10167 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10169 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10170 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10171 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10172 the same amount).
10174 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10176 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10177 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10178 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10180 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10181 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10182 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10183 will remove any scaling currently active.
10185 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10187 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10188 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10189 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10191 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10192 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10193 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10194 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10195 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10197 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10198 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10200 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10202 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10203 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10205 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10206 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10207 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10209 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10210 the face height as long as the input event read
10211 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10213 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10214 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10215 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10216 will remove any scaling currently active.
10218 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10219 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10220 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10221 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10222 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10224 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10226 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10227 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10228 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10229 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10230 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10231 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10233 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10235 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10236 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10237 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10238 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10239 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10240 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10241 `buffer-face-mode'.
10243 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10244 local, and sets it to FACE.
10246 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10248 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10249 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10250 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10251 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10252 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10253 `face' text property.
10255 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10256 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10257 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10258 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10260 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10261 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10263 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10265 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10266 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10267 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10268 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10270 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10272 ;;;***
10274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21607 56024
10275 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
10276 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10277 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10279 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10280 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10281 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10282 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10284 \(fn)" nil nil)
10286 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10287 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10289 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10291 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10292 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10293 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10294 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10296 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10298 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10299 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10300 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10301 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10302 backup file names and the like).
10304 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10306 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10307 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10308 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10309 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10310 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10311 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10312 internally by feedmail):
10314 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10315 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10316 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10317 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10319 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10320 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10321 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10322 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10323 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10325 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10327 ;;;***
10329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21669 40236 816336 299000))
10330 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10332 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10333 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10334 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10335 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10336 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10337 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10338 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10340 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10342 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10343 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10344 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10345 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10346 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10347 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10348 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10350 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10352 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10354 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10355 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10356 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10357 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10358 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10359 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10361 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10363 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10364 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10365 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10366 Return value:
10367 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10368 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10369 * otherwise, nil
10371 \(fn E)" t nil)
10373 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10374 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10375 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10377 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10379 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10380 Try to get a file name at point.
10381 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10383 \(fn)" nil nil)
10385 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10386 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10388 \(fn)" t nil)
10390 ;;;***
10392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21669 40236 816336
10393 ;;;;;; 299000))
10394 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10396 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10397 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10398 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10399 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10401 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10403 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10404 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10405 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10406 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10407 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10408 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10410 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10412 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10413 Add FILE to the file cache.
10415 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10417 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10418 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10419 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10421 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10423 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10424 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10425 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10427 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10429 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10430 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10431 This function does not use any external programs.
10432 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10433 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10434 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10436 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10438 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10439 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10440 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10441 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10442 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10443 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10444 \(directories) is done.
10446 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10448 ;;;***
10450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21686 24133 544625
10451 ;;;;;; 151000))
10452 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10454 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10455 Handle file system monitoring event.
10456 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
10458 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE COOKIE) CALLBACK)
10460 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10462 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10464 ;;;***
10466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21669 40236 816336
10467 ;;;;;; 299000))
10468 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10470 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10471 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10473 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10474 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10475 Local Variables list.
10477 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10478 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10479 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10481 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10483 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10484 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10486 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10488 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10489 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10491 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10492 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10493 the -*- line.
10495 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10496 then this function adds it.
10498 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10500 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10501 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10503 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10505 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10506 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10508 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10510 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10511 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10513 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10515 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10516 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10518 \(fn)" t nil)
10520 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10521 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10523 \(fn)" t nil)
10525 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10526 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10528 \(fn)" t nil)
10530 ;;;***
10532 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21669 40236 816336
10533 ;;;;;; 299000))
10534 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10536 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10537 Filesets initialization.
10538 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10540 \(fn)" nil nil)
10542 ;;;***
10544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21669 40236 816336
10545 ;;;;;; 299000))
10546 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10547 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10549 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10550 Initiate the building of a find command.
10551 For example:
10553 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10554 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10555 (mtime \"+1\"))
10556 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10558 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10559 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10561 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10563 ;;;***
10565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21669 40236 816336
10566 ;;;;;; 299000))
10567 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10569 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10570 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10571 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10573 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10575 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10576 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10578 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10580 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10581 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10582 and run Dired on those files.
10583 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10584 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10586 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10588 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10590 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10592 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10593 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10594 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10596 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10597 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10599 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10600 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10602 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10604 ;;;***
10606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21669 40236 816336
10607 ;;;;;; 299000))
10608 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10610 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10611 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10612 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10613 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10614 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10615 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10616 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10618 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10620 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10621 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10622 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10624 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10626 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10628 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10630 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10631 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10632 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10634 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10635 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10637 Variables of interest include:
10639 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10640 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10641 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10643 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10644 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10645 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10647 - `ff-ignore-include'
10648 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10650 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10651 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10653 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10654 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10656 - `ff-special-constructs'
10657 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10658 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10659 extracting the filename from that construct.
10661 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10662 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10664 - `ff-search-directories'
10665 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10666 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10668 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10669 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10671 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10672 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10674 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10675 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10677 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10678 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10680 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10681 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10683 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10685 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10686 Visit the file you click on.
10688 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10690 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10691 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10693 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10695 ;;;***
10697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21669
10698 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
10699 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10701 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10702 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10703 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10705 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10707 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10708 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10709 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10710 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10712 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10713 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10714 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10715 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10717 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10719 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10720 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10722 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10723 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10724 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10725 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10727 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10728 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10729 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10731 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10732 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10733 in `load-path'.
10735 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10737 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10738 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10740 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10741 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10742 places point before the definition.
10743 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10745 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10746 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10747 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10749 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10751 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10752 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10754 See `find-function' for more details.
10756 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10758 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10759 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10761 See `find-function' for more details.
10763 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10765 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10766 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10768 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10769 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10770 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10772 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10773 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10775 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10777 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10778 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10780 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10781 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10782 places point before the definition.
10784 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10786 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10787 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10788 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10790 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10792 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10793 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10795 See `find-variable' for more details.
10797 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10799 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10800 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10802 See `find-variable' for more details.
10804 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10806 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10807 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10808 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10809 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10810 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10811 buffer nor display it.
10813 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10814 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10816 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10818 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10819 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10821 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10822 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10823 places point before the definition.
10825 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10827 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10828 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10829 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10831 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10833 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10834 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10835 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10837 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10839 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10840 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10842 \(fn)" t nil)
10844 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10845 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10847 \(fn)" t nil)
10849 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10850 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10852 \(fn)" nil nil)
10854 ;;;***
10856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21669 40236 816336
10857 ;;;;;; 299000))
10858 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10860 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10861 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10863 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10865 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10866 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10868 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10870 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10871 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10873 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10875 ;;;***
10877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21669 40236 816336 299000))
10878 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10879 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10881 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10882 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10884 \(fn)" t nil)
10886 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10887 Display FILE's commentary section.
10888 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10890 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10892 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10893 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10895 \(fn)" t nil)
10897 ;;;***
10899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21669 40236 816336
10900 ;;;;;; 299000))
10901 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10903 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10904 Toggle flow control handling.
10905 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10906 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10908 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10910 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10911 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10912 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10913 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10914 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10915 to get the effect of a C-q.
10917 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10919 ;;;***
10921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21669 40237
10922 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
10923 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10925 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10928 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10930 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10933 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10935 ;;;***
10937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21669 40237
10938 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
10939 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10940 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10942 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10943 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
10944 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
10945 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10946 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
10947 \\{flymake-mode-map}
10949 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10951 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10952 Turn flymake mode on.
10954 \(fn)" nil nil)
10956 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10957 Turn flymake mode off.
10959 \(fn)" nil nil)
10961 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
10964 \(fn)" nil nil)
10966 ;;;***
10968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21669 40237
10969 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
10970 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10972 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10973 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10975 \(fn)" t nil)
10976 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
10978 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10979 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
10980 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
10981 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10982 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
10984 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
10985 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
10986 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10988 Bindings:
10989 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10990 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10991 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10992 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10994 Hooks:
10995 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10997 Remark:
10998 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10999 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11000 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11002 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11003 consider adding:
11004 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11005 in your init file.
11007 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11008 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11012 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11013 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11015 \(fn)" nil nil)
11017 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11018 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11020 \(fn)" nil nil)
11022 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11023 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11025 \(fn)" nil nil)
11027 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11028 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11030 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11032 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11033 Flyspell whole buffer.
11035 \(fn)" t nil)
11037 ;;;***
11039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21669 40236 816336
11040 ;;;;;; 299000))
11041 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11042 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11044 ;;;***
11046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21669 40236 816336 299000))
11047 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11049 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11050 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11052 \(fn)" nil nil)
11054 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11055 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11057 \(fn)" nil nil)
11059 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11060 Toggle Follow mode.
11061 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11062 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11063 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11065 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11066 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11068 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11069 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11070 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11072 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11073 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11074 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11075 movement commands.
11077 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11078 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11079 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11080 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11081 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11082 mileage may vary).
11084 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11085 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11087 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11089 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11091 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11092 \\{follow-mode-map}
11094 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11096 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11097 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11099 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11100 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11101 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11102 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11103 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11104 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11106 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11107 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11108 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11110 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11112 ;;;***
11114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21669 40237
11115 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
11116 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11117 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11119 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11120 Toggle Footnote mode.
11121 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11122 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11123 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11125 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11126 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11127 play around with the following keys:
11128 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11130 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11132 ;;;***
11134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21669 40236 816336 299000))
11135 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11137 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11138 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11140 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11141 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11142 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11143 C-c < forms-first-record <
11144 C-c > forms-last-record >
11145 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11146 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11147 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11148 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11149 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11150 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11151 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11152 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11153 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11154 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11156 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11158 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11159 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11161 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11163 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11164 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11166 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11168 ;;;***
11170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21669 40237
11171 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
11172 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11174 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11175 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11176 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11178 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11179 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11181 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11183 Key definitions:
11184 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11186 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11188 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11189 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11190 `fortran-do-indent'
11191 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11192 `fortran-if-indent'
11193 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11194 `fortran-structure-indent'
11195 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11196 (default 3)
11197 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11198 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11199 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11200 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11201 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11202 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11203 nil don't change the indentation
11204 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11205 value of either
11206 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11207 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11208 depending on the continuation format in use.
11209 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11210 indentation for a line of code.
11211 (default 'fixed)
11212 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11213 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11214 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11215 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11216 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11217 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11218 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11219 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11220 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11221 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11222 column 5.
11223 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11224 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11225 statements (default nil).
11226 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11227 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11228 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11229 `fortran-continuation-string'
11230 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11231 line (default \"$\").
11232 `fortran-comment-region'
11233 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11234 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11235 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11236 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11237 as typed (default t).
11238 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11239 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11241 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11242 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11244 \(fn)" t nil)
11246 ;;;***
11248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21669 40237 316336
11249 ;;;;;; 766000))
11250 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11252 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11253 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11255 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11256 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11258 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11260 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11261 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11263 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11264 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11266 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11268 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11269 Compile fortune file.
11271 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11272 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11274 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11276 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11277 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11279 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11280 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11281 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11282 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11284 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11286 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11287 Display a fortune cookie.
11288 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11289 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11290 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11291 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11293 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11295 ;;;***
11297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21669 40236 816336
11298 ;;;;;; 299000))
11299 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11301 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11302 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11303 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11305 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11306 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11307 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11309 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11310 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11312 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11313 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11315 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11316 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11317 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11318 intend to modify existing values, do
11320 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11322 before changing anything.
11324 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11325 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11327 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11328 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11329 to restore the frame.
11331 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11332 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11333 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11335 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11336 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11337 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11338 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11339 FILTER A filter function.
11341 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11342 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11344 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11346 where
11348 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11349 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11350 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11351 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11352 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11353 before restoring it.
11354 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11356 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11357 It must return:
11358 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11359 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11360 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11362 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11363 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11365 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11366 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11367 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11368 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11369 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11370 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11371 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11373 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11375 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11376 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11378 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11380 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11381 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11382 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11383 If nil, check all live frames.
11385 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11387 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11388 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11389 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11390 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11391 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11392 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11393 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11394 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11395 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11396 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11397 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11399 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11401 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11402 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11404 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11405 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11406 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11407 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11408 and window-state is not restored.
11410 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11411 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11413 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11414 t All existing frames can be reused.
11415 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11416 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11417 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11418 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11420 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11421 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11422 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11423 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11424 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11425 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11426 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11427 be created from that parameter alist.
11429 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11430 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11431 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11432 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11433 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11434 - the live frame just restored,
11435 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11436 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11437 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11439 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11440 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11441 nil Keep all frames.
11442 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11443 - FRAME, a live frame.
11444 - ACTION, which can be one of
11445 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11446 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11447 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11448 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11449 Return value is ignored.
11451 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11452 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11453 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11454 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11455 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11457 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11459 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11461 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11462 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11463 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11465 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11467 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11468 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11469 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11470 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11472 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11474 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11476 ;;;***
11478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21669 40237
11479 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
11480 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11481 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11483 ;;;***
11485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21669 40237
11486 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
11487 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11489 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11490 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11491 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11493 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11495 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11496 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11497 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11498 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11499 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11500 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11501 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11503 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11505 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11506 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11507 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11508 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11510 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11511 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11512 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11513 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11514 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11516 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11517 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11518 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11519 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11521 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11522 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11523 shown in some of the buffers.
11525 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11527 The following commands help control operation :
11529 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11530 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11532 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11533 detailed description of this mode.
11536 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11537 | GDB Toolbar |
11538 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11539 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11540 | | |
11541 | | |
11542 | | |
11543 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11544 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11545 | | (comint-mode) |
11546 | | |
11547 | | |
11548 | | |
11549 | | |
11550 | | |
11551 | | |
11552 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11553 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11554 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11555 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11556 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11557 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11559 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11561 ;;;***
11563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21669 40236
11564 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
11565 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11567 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11568 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11569 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11570 instead (which see).")
11572 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11573 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11575 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11576 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11577 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11578 documentation string instead.
11580 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11581 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11582 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11583 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11584 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11585 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11586 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11587 enders are actually possible.
11589 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11590 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11592 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11593 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11594 `font-lock-keywords'.
11596 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11597 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11598 runs the macro expansion.
11600 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11601 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11602 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11604 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11606 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11608 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11610 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11612 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11613 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11615 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11617 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11618 Enter generic mode MODE.
11620 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11621 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11622 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11624 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11625 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11627 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11629 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11630 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11631 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11632 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11633 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11634 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11635 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11636 `font-lock-keywords'.
11638 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11640 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11642 ;;;***
11644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21669 40237
11645 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
11646 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11648 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11649 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11650 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11651 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11652 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11653 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11655 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11657 ;;;***
11659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21669 40237
11660 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
11661 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11663 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11664 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11665 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11667 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11669 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11670 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11672 Guideline for numbers:
11673 1 - error messages
11674 3 - non-serious error messages
11675 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11676 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11677 9 - messages inside loops.
11679 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11681 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11682 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11683 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11685 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11687 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11688 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11690 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11692 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11693 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11695 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11696 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11697 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11698 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11699 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11700 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11702 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11703 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11704 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11705 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11706 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11708 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11710 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11712 ;;;***
11714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
11715 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11716 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11717 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11718 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11720 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11721 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11723 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11725 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11726 Read network news.
11727 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11728 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11729 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11730 name of an NNTP server to use.
11731 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11732 server.
11734 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11736 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11737 Read news as a slave.
11739 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11741 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11742 Pop up a frame to read news.
11743 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11744 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11745 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11746 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11747 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11748 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11749 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11750 current display is used.
11752 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11754 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11755 Read network news.
11756 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11757 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11758 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11760 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11762 ;;;***
11764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21669 40237
11765 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
11766 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11768 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11769 Start Gnus unplugged.
11771 \(fn)" t nil)
11773 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11774 Start Gnus plugged.
11776 \(fn)" t nil)
11778 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11779 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11781 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11783 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11784 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11786 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11787 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11788 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11790 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11791 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11792 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11794 \(fn)" t nil)
11796 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11797 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11799 \(fn)" nil nil)
11801 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11802 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11803 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11804 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11805 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11806 supported.
11808 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11810 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11811 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11812 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11813 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11814 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11815 supported.
11817 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11819 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11820 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11822 \(fn)" nil nil)
11824 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11825 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11826 downloaded into the agent.
11828 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11830 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11831 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11832 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11833 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11835 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11837 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11838 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11840 \(fn)" t nil)
11842 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11843 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11845 \(fn)" t nil)
11847 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11848 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11849 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11851 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11853 ;;;***
11855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21669 40237
11856 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
11857 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11859 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11860 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11862 \(fn)" nil nil)
11864 ;;;***
11866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21669
11867 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
11868 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11870 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11871 Set a bookmark for this article.
11873 \(fn)" t nil)
11875 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11876 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11878 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11880 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11881 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11882 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11883 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11884 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11886 \(fn)" t nil)
11888 ;;;***
11890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21669 40237
11891 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
11892 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11894 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11895 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11897 Usage:
11898 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11900 \(fn)" t nil)
11902 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11903 Generate the cache active file.
11905 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11907 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11908 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11910 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11912 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11913 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11914 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11915 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11916 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11917 supported.
11919 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11921 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11922 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11923 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11924 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11925 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11926 supported.
11928 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11930 ;;;***
11932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21669 40237
11933 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
11934 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11936 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11937 Delay this article by some time.
11938 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11940 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11941 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11943 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11944 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11946 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11947 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11949 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11951 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11952 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11954 \(fn)" t nil)
11956 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11957 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11958 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11959 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11961 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11962 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11964 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11966 ;;;***
11968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21669 40237
11969 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
11970 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11972 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11975 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11977 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11980 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11982 ;;;***
11984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21669 40237
11985 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
11986 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11988 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11989 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11991 \(fn)" t nil)
11993 ;;;***
11995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21669 40237
11996 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
11997 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11999 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12000 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12002 \(fn)" t nil)
12004 ;;;***
12006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21669 40237
12007 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
12008 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12010 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12011 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12013 \(fn)" t nil)
12015 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12016 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12018 \(fn)" t nil)
12020 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12021 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12023 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12024 different input formats.
12026 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12028 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12029 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12031 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12032 different input formats.
12034 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12036 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12037 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12038 The PNG is returned as a string.
12040 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12042 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12043 Convert FILE to a Face.
12044 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12045 726 bytes.
12047 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12049 ;;;***
12051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21669
12052 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
12053 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12055 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12056 Display gravatar in the From header.
12057 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12059 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12061 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12062 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12063 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12065 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12067 ;;;***
12069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21669 40237
12070 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
12071 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12073 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12074 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12075 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12076 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12078 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12080 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12081 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12083 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12085 ;;;***
12087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21669 40237
12088 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
12089 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12091 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12094 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12096 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12099 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12101 ;;;***
12103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21669 40237
12104 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
12105 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12107 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12109 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12110 Run batched scoring.
12111 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12113 \(fn)" t nil)
12115 ;;;***
12117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21669 40237 316336
12118 ;;;;;; 766000))
12119 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12121 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12124 \(fn)" nil nil)
12126 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12127 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12128 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12130 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12132 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12133 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12135 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12137 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12139 ;;;***
12141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21669 40237
12142 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
12143 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12145 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12146 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12147 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12148 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12149 group parameters.
12151 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12152 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12153 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12154 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12156 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12157 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12158 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12159 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12160 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12161 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12162 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12163 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12164 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12165 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12167 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12169 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12170 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12171 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12172 nil CATCH-ALL).
12174 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12175 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12177 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12179 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12180 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12181 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12183 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12185 \(fn)" nil nil)
12187 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12188 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12189 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12191 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12193 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12194 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12195 existing groups are considered.
12197 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12198 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12199 returned.
12201 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12202 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12203 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12204 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12205 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12206 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12207 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12208 clauses will be generated.
12210 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12211 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12212 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12213 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12214 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12215 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12217 For example, given the following group parameters:
12219 nnml:mail.bar:
12220 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12221 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12222 nnml:mail.foo:
12223 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12224 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12225 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12226 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12227 nnml:mail.others:
12228 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12230 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12232 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12233 \"mail.bar\")
12234 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12235 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12236 \"mail.others\")
12238 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12240 ;;;***
12242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21669 40237
12243 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
12244 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12246 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12247 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12248 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12249 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12250 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12251 instead.
12253 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12255 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12256 Mail to ADDRESS.
12258 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12260 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12261 Like `message-reply'.
12263 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12265 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12267 ;;;***
12269 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12270 ;;;;;; (21669 40237 316336 766000))
12271 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12273 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12274 Send a notification on new message.
12275 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12276 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12277 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12279 This is typically a function to add in
12280 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12282 \(fn)" nil nil)
12284 ;;;***
12286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21669 40237
12287 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
12288 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12290 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12291 Display picons in the From header.
12292 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12294 \(fn)" t nil)
12296 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12297 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12298 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12300 \(fn)" t nil)
12302 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12303 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12304 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12306 \(fn)" t nil)
12308 ;;;***
12310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21669 40237
12311 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
12312 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12314 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12315 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12316 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12317 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12319 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12321 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12322 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12323 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12324 LIST1 is modified.
12326 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12328 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12329 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12330 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12332 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12334 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12337 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12339 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12340 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12341 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12343 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12345 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12346 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12347 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12349 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12351 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12353 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12354 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12355 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12357 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12359 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12360 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12361 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12363 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12365 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12366 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12367 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12369 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12371 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12372 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12374 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12376 ;;;***
12378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21669
12379 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
12380 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12382 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12383 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12385 \(fn)" t nil)
12387 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12388 Install the registry hooks.
12390 \(fn)" t nil)
12392 ;;;***
12394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21669 40237
12395 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
12396 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12398 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12399 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12400 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12401 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12402 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12403 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12405 \(fn)" t nil)
12407 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12408 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12409 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12410 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12411 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12413 \(fn)" t nil)
12415 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12418 \(fn)" t nil)
12420 ;;;***
12422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21669 40237
12423 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
12424 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12426 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12427 Update the format specification near point.
12429 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12431 ;;;***
12433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21669 40237
12434 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
12435 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12437 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12438 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12440 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12442 ;;;***
12444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21669 40237
12445 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
12446 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12448 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12449 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12450 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12452 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12454 ;;;***
12456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21669 40237
12457 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
12458 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12460 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12461 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12463 \(fn)" t nil)
12465 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12466 Install the sync hooks.
12468 \(fn)" t nil)
12470 ;;;***
12472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21669 40237
12473 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
12474 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12476 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12477 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12479 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12481 ;;;***
12483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21669 40237 316336
12484 ;;;;;; 766000))
12485 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12487 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12488 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12489 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12490 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12491 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12492 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12494 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12496 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12498 ;;;***
12500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21669 40237 316336
12501 ;;;;;; 766000))
12502 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12504 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12505 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12507 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12508 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12509 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12511 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12512 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12513 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12515 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12516 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12518 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12519 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12521 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12523 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12525 ;;;***
12527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21669 40237
12528 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
12529 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12531 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12533 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12534 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12535 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12536 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12537 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12539 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12541 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12542 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12543 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12544 or to send e-mail.
12545 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12546 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12548 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12549 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12551 \(fn)" t nil)
12552 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12554 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12555 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12556 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12557 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12558 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12562 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12563 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12565 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12567 ;;;***
12569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21669 40237
12570 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
12571 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12573 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12574 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12575 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12577 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12579 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12580 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12582 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12584 ;;;***
12586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21669 40237 826337
12587 ;;;;;; 297000))
12588 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12590 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12591 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12593 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12595 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12596 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12597 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12598 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12599 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12601 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12602 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12603 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12605 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12607 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12608 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12609 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12610 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12611 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12613 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12615 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12616 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12618 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12620 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12621 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12623 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12624 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12625 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12627 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12628 The default find program.
12629 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12630 and others.")
12632 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12633 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12634 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12635 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12637 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12638 How to invoke find and grep.
12639 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12640 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12641 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12642 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12644 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12646 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12647 History list for grep.")
12649 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12650 History list for grep-find.")
12652 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12653 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12654 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12656 \(fn)" nil nil)
12658 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12661 \(fn)" nil nil)
12663 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12664 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12666 \(fn)" nil nil)
12668 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12669 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12670 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12671 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12672 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12674 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12675 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12677 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12678 can easily repeat a grep command.
12680 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12681 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12682 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12683 list is empty).
12685 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12687 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12688 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12689 Collect output in a buffer.
12690 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12691 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12693 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12694 easily repeat a find command.
12696 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12698 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12700 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12701 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12702 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12703 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12704 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12706 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12707 before it is executed.
12708 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12710 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12711 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12712 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12714 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12716 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12718 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12719 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12720 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12721 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12722 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12724 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12725 before it is executed.
12726 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12728 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12729 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12730 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12731 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12733 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12735 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12736 to specify a command to run.
12738 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12740 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12741 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12742 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12743 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12745 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12747 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12749 ;;;***
12751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
12752 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12754 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12755 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12756 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12757 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12758 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12760 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12762 ;;;***
12764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21669 40237 826337
12765 ;;;;;; 297000))
12766 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12768 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12769 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12770 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12771 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12773 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12775 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12776 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12777 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12778 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12780 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12782 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12783 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12784 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12785 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12787 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12789 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12790 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12791 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12792 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12794 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12795 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12797 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12799 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12800 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12801 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12802 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12804 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12806 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12807 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12808 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12809 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12811 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12813 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12814 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12815 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12816 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12817 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12819 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12820 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12821 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12822 original source file access method.
12824 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12825 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12827 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12829 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12830 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12832 \(fn)" t nil)
12834 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12835 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12836 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12837 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12838 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12839 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12841 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12843 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12844 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12845 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12846 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12847 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12849 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12851 ;;;***
12853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21669 40236 816336
12854 ;;;;;; 299000))
12855 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12857 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12858 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12859 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12860 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12861 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12862 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12863 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12864 set it to.
12865 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12867 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12869 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12870 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12871 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12872 of PLACE.
12873 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12874 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12875 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12876 and SETTER.
12877 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12878 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12880 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12882 (put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12884 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12885 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12886 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12887 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12888 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12890 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12892 (put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12894 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12897 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12899 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist))
12901 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
12903 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12904 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12905 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12906 well for simple place forms.
12907 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12908 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12909 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12910 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12911 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12912 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12913 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12915 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12917 (put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12919 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12920 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12921 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12922 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12923 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12925 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12926 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12927 (let ((temp VAL))
12928 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12929 temp)
12930 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12932 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12934 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12935 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12936 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12937 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12938 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12939 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12941 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12943 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12945 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
12946 Return a reference to PLACE.
12947 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12948 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
12949 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
12950 binding mode.
12952 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
12954 ;;;***
12956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21669 40237
12957 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
12958 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12960 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12961 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12962 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12963 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12965 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12966 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12967 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12968 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12970 \(fn)" t nil)
12972 ;;;***
12974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21607 56025 301574
12975 ;;;;;; 889000))
12976 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12978 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12979 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12981 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12983 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12984 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12985 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12986 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12988 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12990 \(fn)" t nil)
12992 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12993 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12994 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12995 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12996 to be updated.
12998 \(fn)" t nil)
13000 ;;;***
13002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21669 40237
13003 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
13004 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13006 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13007 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13009 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13011 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13012 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13013 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13015 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13017 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13018 Verify a hashcash payment
13020 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13022 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13023 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13024 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13025 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13026 `mail-add-payment-async').
13028 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13030 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13031 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13032 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13033 Calculation is asynchronous.
13035 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13037 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13038 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13039 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13041 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13043 ;;;***
13045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21669 40237 316336
13046 ;;;;;; 766000))
13047 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13049 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13050 Return the help-echo string at point.
13051 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13052 property, or nil, is returned.
13053 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13054 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13055 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13057 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13059 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13060 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13061 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13062 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13063 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13065 \(fn)" nil nil)
13067 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13068 Display local help in the echo area.
13069 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13070 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13071 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13072 printed instead.
13074 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13075 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13076 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13078 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13080 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13081 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13082 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13084 \(fn)" t nil)
13086 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13087 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13088 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13090 \(fn)" t nil)
13092 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13093 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13094 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13095 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13096 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13097 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13098 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13099 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13100 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13101 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13102 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13104 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13105 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13106 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13107 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13108 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13110 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13111 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13112 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13113 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13114 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13115 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13116 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13117 The default is `never'.")
13119 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13121 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13122 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13123 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13124 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13125 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13126 considered different regions.
13128 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13129 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13130 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13131 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13132 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13133 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13134 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13135 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13136 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13138 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13140 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13141 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13142 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13143 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13144 different regions.
13146 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13147 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13148 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13149 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13150 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13151 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13152 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13153 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13155 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13156 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13157 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13158 rarely happens in practice.
13160 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13162 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13163 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13164 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13165 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13166 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13167 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13169 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13171 ;;;***
13173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21669 40237 316336
13174 ;;;;;; 766000))
13175 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13177 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13178 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13180 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13182 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13183 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13184 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13186 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13188 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13189 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13190 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13191 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13192 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13193 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13194 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13195 search for a function definition.
13197 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13198 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13199 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13200 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13201 suitable file is found, return nil.
13203 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13205 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13208 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13210 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13211 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13212 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13213 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13215 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13217 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13218 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13219 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13220 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13221 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13222 it is displayed along with the global value.
13224 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13226 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13227 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13228 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13229 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13231 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13233 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13234 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13235 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13236 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13237 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13239 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13241 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13242 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13244 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13246 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13247 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13249 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13251 ;;;***
13253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21669 40237 316336
13254 ;;;;;; 766000))
13255 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13257 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13258 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13259 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13260 window listing and describing the options.
13261 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13262 gives the window that lists the options.")
13264 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13266 ;;;***
13268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21669 40237 316336
13269 ;;;;;; 766000))
13270 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13272 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13273 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13274 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13275 Commands:
13276 \\{help-mode-map}
13278 \(fn)" t nil)
13280 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13283 \(fn)" nil nil)
13285 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13288 \(fn)" nil nil)
13290 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13291 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13293 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13294 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13295 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13296 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13298 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13299 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13300 restore it properly when going back.
13302 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13304 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13305 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13306 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13307 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13308 from `help-mode'.
13309 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13310 it does not already exist.
13312 \(fn)" nil nil)
13314 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13315 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13317 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13318 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13319 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13320 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13321 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13322 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13323 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13324 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13326 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13327 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13328 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13329 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13331 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13332 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13333 that.
13335 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13337 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13338 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13339 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13340 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13341 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13342 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13344 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13346 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13347 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13348 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13349 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13350 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13352 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13354 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13355 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13357 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13359 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13360 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13361 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13362 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13364 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13366 ;;;***
13368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21669 40236
13369 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
13370 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13372 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13373 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13375 \(fn)" t nil)
13377 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13378 Provide help for current mode.
13380 \(fn)" t nil)
13382 ;;;***
13384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
13385 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13387 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13388 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13389 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13390 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13391 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13393 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13394 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13396 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13397 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13398 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13399 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13401 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13402 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13403 periods.
13405 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13406 in hexl format.
13408 A sample format:
13410 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13411 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13412 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13413 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13414 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13415 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13416 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13417 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13418 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13419 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13420 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13421 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13422 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13423 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13424 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13426 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13427 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13428 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13430 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13431 also supported.
13433 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13435 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13436 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13437 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13439 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13440 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13441 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13443 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13444 into the buffer at the current point.
13446 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13447 into the buffer at the current point.
13449 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13450 into the buffer at the current point.
13452 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13454 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13455 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13457 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13459 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13461 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13463 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13464 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13465 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13466 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13468 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13470 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13471 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13472 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13474 \(fn)" t nil)
13476 ;;;***
13478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21669 40237 316336
13479 ;;;;;; 766000))
13480 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13482 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13483 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13484 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13485 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13486 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13488 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13489 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13490 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13491 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13493 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13494 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13495 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13496 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13498 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13499 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13500 which can be called interactively, are:
13502 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13503 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13505 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13506 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13507 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13508 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13510 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13511 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13513 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13514 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13515 available face automatically.
13517 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13518 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13520 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13521 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13522 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13523 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13524 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13525 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13526 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13527 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13528 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13529 function returns t.
13531 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13532 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13534 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13535 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13536 form:
13537 Hi-lock: FOO
13539 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13540 position (number of characters into buffer)
13541 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13542 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13543 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13547 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13548 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13549 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13550 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13551 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13552 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13554 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13556 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13557 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13558 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13559 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13560 ARG is omitted or nil.
13562 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13563 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13564 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13566 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13568 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13570 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13571 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13572 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13573 Use the global history list for FACE.
13575 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13576 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13577 highlighting will not update as you type.
13579 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13581 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13583 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13584 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13585 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13586 Use the global history list for FACE.
13588 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13589 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13590 highlighting will not update as you type.
13592 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13594 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13596 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13597 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13598 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13599 Use the global history list for FACE.
13601 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13602 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13603 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13605 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13606 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13607 highlighting will not update as you type.
13609 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13611 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13613 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13614 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13615 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13616 unless you use a prefix argument.
13617 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13619 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13620 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13622 \(fn)" t nil)
13624 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13626 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13627 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13628 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13629 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13630 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13631 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13633 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13635 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13636 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13638 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13639 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13640 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13642 \(fn)" t nil)
13644 ;;;***
13646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21669 40237
13647 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
13648 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13650 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13651 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13652 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13653 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13654 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13656 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13657 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13658 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13659 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13661 `hide-ifdef-env'
13662 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13663 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13664 is used.
13666 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13667 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13668 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13669 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13670 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13672 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13673 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13674 #endif lines when hiding.
13676 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13677 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13678 is activated.
13680 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13681 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13682 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13684 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13686 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13688 ;;;***
13690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21669 40237
13691 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
13692 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13694 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13695 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13696 Each element has the form
13697 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13699 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13700 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13702 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13703 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13705 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13706 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13707 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13708 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13709 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13710 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13712 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13713 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13715 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13716 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13718 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13719 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13720 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13722 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13723 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13724 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13725 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13726 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13728 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13729 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13730 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13732 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13733 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13734 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13736 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13737 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13739 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13741 Key bindings:
13742 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13746 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13747 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13749 \(fn)" nil nil)
13751 ;;;***
13753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21669 40237 316336
13754 ;;;;;; 766000))
13755 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13757 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13758 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13759 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13760 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13761 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13763 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13764 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13765 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13766 this on and off.
13768 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13769 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13770 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13771 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13772 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13773 through various faces.
13774 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13775 buffer with the contents of a file
13776 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13780 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13781 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13782 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13783 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13784 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13786 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13787 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13788 in a distinctive face.
13790 The default value can be customized with variable
13791 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13793 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13795 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13797 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13798 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13799 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13801 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13803 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13804 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13806 \(fn)" t nil)
13808 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13809 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13811 \(fn)" t nil)
13813 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13814 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13816 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13817 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13818 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13819 shown in the last face in the list.
13821 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13822 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13823 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13825 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13827 \(fn)" t nil)
13829 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13830 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13832 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13834 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13835 to save the file.
13837 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13838 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13840 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13841 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13842 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13844 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13846 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13847 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13849 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13850 this function is called interactively.
13852 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13853 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13854 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13856 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13857 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13858 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13860 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13862 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13863 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13864 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13865 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13866 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13867 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13869 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13871 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13872 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13873 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13874 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13875 ARG is omitted or nil.
13877 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13878 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13879 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13881 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13883 ;;;***
13885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21669 40237 316336
13886 ;;;;;; 766000))
13887 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13888 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
13890 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13891 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13892 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13893 or insert functions in this list.")
13895 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13897 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13898 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13899 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13900 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13901 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13902 expansions.
13903 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13904 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13905 undoes the expansion.
13907 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13909 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13910 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13911 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13912 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13914 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13916 ;;;***
13918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21669 40237 316336
13919 ;;;;;; 766000))
13920 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13922 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13923 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13924 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13925 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13926 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13928 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13929 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13930 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13931 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13932 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13933 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13935 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13936 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13937 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13938 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13940 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13942 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13943 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13944 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13945 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13946 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13947 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13949 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13951 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13952 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13953 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13954 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13955 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13957 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13958 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13959 windows.
13961 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13962 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13964 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13966 ;;;***
13968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21669 40236
13969 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
13970 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13972 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13974 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13975 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13976 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13978 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13980 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13982 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13984 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13985 Oriental holidays.
13986 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13988 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13990 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13992 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13994 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13995 Local holidays.
13996 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13998 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14000 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14002 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
14004 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14005 User defined holidays.
14006 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14008 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14010 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14012 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
14013 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14015 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
14017 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
14018 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14020 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
14022 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
14023 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14025 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
14027 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14028 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14030 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
14032 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
14034 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14035 Jewish holidays.
14036 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14038 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14040 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14042 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14044 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14045 Christian holidays.
14046 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14048 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14050 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14052 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14054 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14055 Islamic holidays.
14056 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14058 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14060 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14062 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14064 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14065 Bahá'í holidays.
14066 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14068 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14070 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14072 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14074 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14075 Sun-related holidays.
14076 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14078 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14080 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14082 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14084 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14085 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14086 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14087 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14091 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14092 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14093 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14094 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14095 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14097 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14098 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14100 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14101 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14103 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14104 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14105 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14106 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14107 of a holiday list.
14109 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14111 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14113 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14115 ;;;***
14117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21669 40237
14118 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
14119 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14121 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14122 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14124 \(fn)" t nil)
14126 ;;;***
14128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21670 36217
14129 ;;;;;; 165621 979000))
14130 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14131 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14133 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14134 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14135 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14136 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14137 as possible.
14139 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14140 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14141 fontified display.
14143 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14144 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14146 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14147 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14148 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14150 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14152 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14153 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14154 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14156 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14158 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14160 ;;;***
14162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21669 40237 316336
14163 ;;;;;; 766000))
14164 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14166 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14167 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14169 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14170 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14171 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14173 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14174 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14175 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14176 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14177 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14178 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14180 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14181 title of the column.
14183 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14184 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14185 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14186 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14187 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14189 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14191 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14192 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14193 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14194 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14195 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14197 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14198 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14199 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14201 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14203 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14204 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14205 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14206 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14207 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14208 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14210 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14211 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14212 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14213 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14214 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14215 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14216 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14217 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14218 values are:
14219 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14220 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14221 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14222 buffer's modification flag.
14223 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14224 prompted before performing this operation.
14225 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14226 operation is complete, in the form:
14227 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14228 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14229 confirmation message, in the form:
14230 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14231 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14232 macro for exactly what it does.
14234 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14236 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14237 Define a filter named NAME.
14238 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14239 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14240 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14242 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14243 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14244 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14245 bound to the current value of the filter.
14247 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14249 ;;;***
14251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21670 36217 165621
14252 ;;;;;; 979000))
14253 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14255 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14256 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14257 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14258 buffers which are visiting a file.
14260 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14262 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14263 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14264 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14265 buffers which are visiting a file.
14267 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14269 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14270 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14271 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14273 All arguments are optional.
14274 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14275 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14276 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14277 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14278 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14279 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14280 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14281 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14282 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14283 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14284 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14285 that value locally in this buffer.
14287 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14289 ;;;***
14291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21669
14292 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
14293 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14294 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14296 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14297 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14298 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14299 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14301 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14303 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14304 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14305 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14306 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14307 ICAL-FILENAME.
14308 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14309 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14310 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14312 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14314 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14315 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14316 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14317 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14318 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14319 non-marking or not.
14321 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14323 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14324 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14326 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14327 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14328 DIARY-FILE.
14330 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14331 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14332 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14334 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14335 non-marking.
14337 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14338 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14339 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14341 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14343 ;;;***
14345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21669 40237 316336
14346 ;;;;;; 766000))
14347 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14349 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14350 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14351 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14352 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14353 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14354 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14356 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14358 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14359 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14360 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14361 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14362 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14364 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14365 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14366 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14367 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14369 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14370 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14372 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14373 completions:
14375 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14379 ;;;***
14381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21669 40237 826337
14382 ;;;;;; 297000))
14383 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14385 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14386 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14387 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14388 Tab indents for Icon code.
14389 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14390 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14391 \\{icon-mode-map}
14392 Variables controlling indentation style:
14393 icon-tab-always-indent
14394 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14395 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14396 icon-auto-newline
14397 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14398 inserted in Icon code.
14399 icon-indent-level
14400 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14401 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14402 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14403 icon-continued-statement-offset
14404 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14405 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14406 icon-continued-brace-offset
14407 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14408 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14409 icon-brace-offset
14410 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14411 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14412 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14413 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14415 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14416 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14418 \(fn)" t nil)
14420 ;;;***
14422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21669
14423 ;;;;;; 40237 826337 297000))
14424 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14426 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14427 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14428 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14429 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14431 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14432 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14433 separate frames.
14435 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14436 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14438 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14439 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14440 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14442 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14444 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14446 ;;;***
14448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21669 40237
14449 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
14450 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14451 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14453 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14454 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14456 The main features of this mode are
14458 1. Indentation and Formatting
14459 --------------------------
14460 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14461 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14463 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14464 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14465 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14466 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14468 Comments are indented as follows:
14470 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14471 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14472 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14474 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14476 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14477 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14478 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14479 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14480 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14481 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14483 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14484 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14485 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14486 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14488 2. Routine Info
14489 ------------
14490 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14491 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14492 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14493 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14494 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14495 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14496 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14497 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14498 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14499 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14501 3. Online IDL Help
14502 ---------------
14504 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14505 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14506 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14507 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14509 4. Completion
14510 ----------
14511 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14512 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14513 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14514 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14515 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14516 upper case.
14518 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14519 --------------------------------
14520 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14521 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14523 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14524 \\fu FUNCTION template
14525 \\c CASE statement template
14526 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14527 \\f FOR loop template
14528 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14529 \\w WHILE loop template
14530 \\i IF statement template
14531 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14532 \\b BEGIN
14534 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14535 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14537 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14538 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14539 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14540 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14542 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14543 -------------------------
14544 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14545 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14547 7. Automatic END completion
14548 ------------------------
14549 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14550 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14552 8. Hooks
14553 -----
14554 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14555 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14557 9. Documentation and Customization
14558 -------------------------------
14559 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14560 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14561 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14562 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14563 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14564 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14566 10.Keybindings
14567 -----------
14568 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14569 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14570 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14572 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14574 \(fn)" t nil)
14576 ;;;***
14578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
14579 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14581 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14582 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14583 The following values are possible:
14584 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14585 displaying...)
14586 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14587 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14588 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14590 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14591 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14593 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14595 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14596 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14597 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14598 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14599 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14600 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14601 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14602 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14603 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14605 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14607 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14608 Switch to another buffer.
14609 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14610 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14611 in another frame.
14613 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14614 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14615 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14616 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14617 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14619 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14620 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14622 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14624 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14625 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14626 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14627 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14628 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14629 in a separate window.
14630 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14631 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14632 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14633 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14634 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14635 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14636 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14637 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14638 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14640 \(fn)" t nil)
14642 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14643 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14644 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14645 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14647 \(fn)" t nil)
14649 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14650 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14651 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14652 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14654 \(fn)" t nil)
14656 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14657 Kill a buffer.
14658 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14659 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14661 \(fn)" t nil)
14663 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14664 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14665 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14666 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14668 \(fn)" t nil)
14670 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14671 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14672 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14673 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14675 \(fn)" t nil)
14677 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14678 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14680 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14682 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14683 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14684 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14685 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14686 in another frame.
14688 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14689 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14690 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14691 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14692 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14693 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14695 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14696 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14698 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14700 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14701 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14702 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14703 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14704 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14705 in a separate window.
14706 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14707 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14708 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14709 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14710 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14711 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14712 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14713 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14714 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14715 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14716 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14717 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14718 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14719 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14720 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14721 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14722 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14723 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14725 \(fn)" t nil)
14727 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14728 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14729 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14730 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14732 \(fn)" t nil)
14734 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14735 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14736 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14737 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14739 \(fn)" t nil)
14741 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14742 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14743 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14744 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14746 \(fn)" t nil)
14748 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14749 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14750 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14751 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14753 \(fn)" t nil)
14755 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14756 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14757 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14758 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14760 \(fn)" t nil)
14762 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14763 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14764 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14765 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14767 \(fn)" t nil)
14769 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14770 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14771 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14772 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14774 \(fn)" t nil)
14776 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14777 Write current buffer to a file.
14778 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14779 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14781 \(fn)" t nil)
14783 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14784 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14785 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14786 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14788 \(fn)" t nil)
14790 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14791 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14792 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14793 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14795 \(fn)" t nil)
14797 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14798 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14799 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14800 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14801 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14802 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14804 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14806 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14807 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14808 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14809 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14811 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14813 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14814 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14815 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14816 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14818 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14820 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14821 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14822 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14823 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14824 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14825 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14826 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14827 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14828 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14829 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14830 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14831 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14832 with point positioned at the end.
14833 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14834 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14836 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14838 ;;;***
14840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
14841 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14843 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14844 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14845 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14846 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14848 \(fn)" t nil)
14850 ;;;***
14852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
14853 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14855 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14857 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14858 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14859 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14860 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14861 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14862 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14866 ;;;***
14868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
14869 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14871 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14872 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14873 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14874 be determined.
14876 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14878 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14879 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14880 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14881 be determined.
14883 \(fn)" nil nil)
14885 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14886 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14887 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14888 be determined.
14890 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14892 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14893 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14894 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14895 be determined.
14897 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14899 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14900 Determine and return image type.
14901 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14902 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14903 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14904 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14905 use its file extension as image type.
14906 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14908 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14910 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14911 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14912 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14914 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14916 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14917 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14918 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14920 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14921 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14922 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14923 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14924 must be available.
14926 \(fn)" nil nil)
14928 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14929 Create an image.
14930 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14931 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14932 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14933 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14934 use its file extension as image type.
14935 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14936 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14937 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14938 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14940 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14942 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14943 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14944 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14946 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14948 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14949 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14950 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14951 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14952 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14953 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14954 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14955 POS may be an integer or marker.
14956 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14957 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14958 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14959 means display it in the right marginal area.
14961 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14963 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14964 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14965 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14966 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14967 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14968 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14969 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14970 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14971 means display it in the right marginal area.
14972 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14973 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14974 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14975 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14976 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14978 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14980 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14981 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14982 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14983 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
14984 STRING is a single space.
14985 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14986 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14987 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14988 means display it in the right marginal area.
14989 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14991 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14993 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14994 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14995 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14996 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14998 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15000 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15001 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15003 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15005 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15006 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15007 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15008 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15009 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15010 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15011 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15012 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15013 satisfied.
15015 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15017 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15019 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15021 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15022 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15024 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15025 documentation string.
15027 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15028 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15029 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15030 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15031 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15032 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15033 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15034 define SYMBOL.
15036 Example:
15038 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15039 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15041 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15043 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15045 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15046 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15047 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15048 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15050 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15051 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15052 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15053 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15055 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15057 \(fn)" nil nil)
15059 ;;;***
15061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21669 40237
15062 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
15063 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15064 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15066 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15067 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15068 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15069 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15070 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15071 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15075 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15076 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15078 Convenience command that:
15080 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15081 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15082 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15084 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15085 image files in dired and type
15086 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15088 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15090 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15091 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15093 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15095 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15096 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15097 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15098 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15099 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15100 another one).
15102 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15103 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15104 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15106 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15107 instead of erasing it first.
15109 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15110 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15111 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15112 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15113 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15114 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15116 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15118 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15119 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15120 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15121 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15122 displayed.
15124 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15126 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15128 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15130 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15131 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15133 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15135 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15136 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15137 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15139 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15141 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15142 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15144 \(fn)" t nil)
15146 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15147 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15148 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15149 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15151 \(fn)" t nil)
15153 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15154 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15156 \(fn)" t nil)
15158 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15159 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15161 \(fn)" t nil)
15163 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15164 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15166 \(fn)" t nil)
15168 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15169 Display current image file.
15170 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15171 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15173 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15175 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15176 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15178 \(fn)" t nil)
15180 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15181 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15182 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15183 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15184 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15185 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15186 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15188 \(fn)" t nil)
15190 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15191 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15192 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15193 easy-to-use form.
15195 \(fn)" t nil)
15197 ;;;***
15199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21669 40237 316336
15200 ;;;;;; 766000))
15201 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15203 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15204 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15205 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15206 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15208 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15209 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15210 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15211 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15213 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15215 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15216 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15217 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15218 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15220 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15221 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15222 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15223 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15225 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15227 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15228 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15230 \(fn)" nil nil)
15232 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15233 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15234 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15235 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15237 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15239 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15240 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15241 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15242 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15243 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15244 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15246 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15248 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15249 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15250 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15251 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15252 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15254 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15255 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15256 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15260 ;;;***
15262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21669 40237 316336
15263 ;;;;;; 766000))
15264 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15266 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15267 Major mode for image files.
15268 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15269 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15271 Key bindings:
15272 \\{image-mode-map}
15274 \(fn)" t nil)
15276 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15277 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15278 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15279 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15280 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15282 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15283 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15284 actual image.
15286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15288 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15289 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15290 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15291 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15292 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15293 to display an image file as the actual image.
15295 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15296 to display an image file as text initially.
15298 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15299 on these modes.
15301 \(fn)" t nil)
15303 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15306 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15308 ;;;***
15310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
15311 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15313 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15314 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15316 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15318 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15319 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15320 in the buffer.
15322 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15324 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15325 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15326 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15328 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15330 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15331 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15332 Each element of this list should have the form
15334 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15336 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15337 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15338 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15339 matches are put).
15340 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15341 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15342 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15343 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15344 another element.
15345 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15346 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15347 the menu item.
15348 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15349 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15350 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15351 the ARGUMENTS.
15353 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15354 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15355 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15357 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15358 create a buffer index.
15360 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15361 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15362 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15363 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15364 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15366 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15368 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15369 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15371 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15372 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15373 called within a `save-excursion'.
15375 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15377 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15379 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15380 Function for finding the next index position.
15382 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15383 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15384 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15385 file.
15387 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15388 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15390 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15392 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15393 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15395 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15396 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15397 It should return the name for that index item.")
15399 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15401 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15402 Function to compare string with index item.
15404 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15405 non-nil if they match.
15407 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15408 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15409 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15410 arguments match\".")
15412 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15414 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15415 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15416 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15418 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15419 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15421 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15423 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15425 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15426 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15427 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15428 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15430 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15432 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15433 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15435 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15437 \(fn)" t nil)
15439 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15440 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15441 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15442 for more information.
15444 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15446 ;;;***
15448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21669 40237
15449 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
15450 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15452 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15453 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15455 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15457 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15460 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15462 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15465 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15467 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15470 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15472 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15473 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15475 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15477 ;;;***
15479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21669 40237
15480 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
15481 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15483 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15484 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15485 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15486 to that buffer.
15487 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15488 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15489 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15490 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15492 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15494 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15496 ;;;***
15498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
15499 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15501 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15502 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15503 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15504 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15505 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15506 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15507 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15508 first in this list.
15510 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15511 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15512 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15513 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15514 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15516 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15517 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15518 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15520 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15521 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15523 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15524 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15526 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15527 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15528 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15529 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15530 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15531 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15532 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15533 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15534 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15535 with the top-level Info directory.
15537 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15538 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15540 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15542 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15543 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15544 in all the directories in that path.
15546 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15548 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15550 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15551 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15553 \(fn)" t nil)
15555 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15556 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15558 \(fn)" t nil)
15560 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15561 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15562 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15563 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15565 \(fn)" nil nil)
15567 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15568 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15569 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15570 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15572 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15574 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15575 Go to the Info directory node.
15577 \(fn)" t nil)
15579 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15580 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15581 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15582 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15583 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15584 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15586 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15588 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15589 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15590 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15592 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15594 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15595 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15596 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15597 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15598 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15600 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15602 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15603 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15604 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15605 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15606 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15608 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15609 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15611 Selecting other nodes:
15612 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15613 Follow a node reference you click on.
15614 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15615 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15616 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15617 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15618 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15619 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15620 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15621 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15622 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15623 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15624 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15625 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15626 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15627 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15628 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15629 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15630 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15631 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15632 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15633 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15635 Moving within a node:
15636 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15637 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15638 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15639 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15640 move up to the parent node.
15641 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15642 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15643 if there is none.
15644 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15646 Advanced commands:
15647 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15648 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15649 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15650 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15651 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15652 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15653 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15654 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15655 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15656 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15657 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15658 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15659 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15660 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15661 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15662 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15664 \(fn)" t nil)
15665 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15667 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15668 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15669 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15670 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15671 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15672 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15674 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15675 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15677 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15678 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15679 KEY is a string.
15680 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15681 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15682 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15683 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15685 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15687 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15688 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15689 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15691 \(fn)" t nil)
15693 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15694 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15695 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15697 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15699 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15700 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15701 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15702 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15704 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15706 ;;;***
15708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21669 40237 316336
15709 ;;;;;; 766000))
15710 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15712 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15713 Throw away all cached data.
15714 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15715 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15716 system.
15718 \(fn)" t nil)
15719 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15721 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15722 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15723 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15724 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15725 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15726 one found at point.
15728 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15730 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15731 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15733 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15734 Display the documentation of a file.
15735 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15736 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15737 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15738 The default file name is the one found at point.
15740 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15742 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15744 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15745 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15747 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15749 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15750 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15752 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15754 ;;;***
15756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21669 40237 316336
15757 ;;;;;; 766000))
15758 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15759 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15761 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15762 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15763 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15764 current info file is the default.
15766 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15767 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15768 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15769 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15770 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15772 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15773 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15774 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15775 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15776 mistake in the reference.
15778 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15779 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15780 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15782 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15783 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15784 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15785 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15787 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15789 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15790 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15791 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15792 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15793 checked.
15795 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15796 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15797 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15798 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15799 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15800 should be harmless.
15802 \(fn)" t nil)
15804 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15805 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15806 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15807 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15809 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15810 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15811 and can take a long time.
15813 \(fn)" t nil)
15815 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15816 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15817 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15819 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15821 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15822 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15824 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15825 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15826 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15827 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15828 all builtins).
15830 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15831 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15832 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15833 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15834 the sources handy.
15836 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15838 ;;;***
15840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21669 40237 316336
15841 ;;;;;; 766000))
15842 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15844 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15845 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15847 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15849 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15850 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15852 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15854 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15855 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15856 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15857 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15859 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15860 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15861 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15863 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15864 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15865 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15866 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15868 \(fn)" t nil)
15870 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15871 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15872 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15874 \(fn)" t nil)
15876 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15877 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15878 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15879 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15880 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15882 \(fn)" nil nil)
15884 ;;;***
15886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21669 40236
15887 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
15888 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15889 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15891 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15892 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15893 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15895 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15897 ;;;***
15899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21669
15900 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
15901 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15903 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15904 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15906 \(fn)" t nil)
15908 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15909 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15911 \(fn)" t nil)
15913 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15916 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
15918 ;;;***
15920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21669 40237 316336
15921 ;;;;;; 766000))
15922 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15923 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
15925 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15926 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15927 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15928 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15929 accessed via isearchb.
15931 \(fn)" t nil)
15933 ;;;***
15935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21669
15936 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
15937 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15939 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15940 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15941 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15942 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15943 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15945 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15947 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15948 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15949 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15950 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15951 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15953 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15955 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15956 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15957 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15958 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15959 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15961 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15963 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15964 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15965 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15966 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15967 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15969 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15971 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15972 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15973 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15974 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15975 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15977 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15979 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15980 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15981 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15982 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15983 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15985 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15987 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15988 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15989 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15990 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15991 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15993 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15995 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15996 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15997 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15998 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16000 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16002 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16003 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16004 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16005 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16007 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16009 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16010 Warn that format is read-only.
16012 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16014 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16015 Warn that format is write-only.
16017 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16019 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16020 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16022 \(fn)" t nil)
16024 ;;;***
16026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16027 ;;;;;; (21669 40237 316336 766000))
16028 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16029 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16030 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16032 ;;;***
16034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21669 40237
16035 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
16036 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16038 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16040 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16041 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16042 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16043 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16044 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16046 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16048 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16050 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16051 Key map for ispell menu.")
16053 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16054 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16055 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16056 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16058 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16060 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16062 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16064 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16066 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16067 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16068 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16069 Valid forms include:
16070 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16071 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16072 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16073 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16075 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16076 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16077 First list is used raw.
16078 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16080 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16081 for skipping in latex mode.")
16083 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16084 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16085 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16086 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16087 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16088 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16089 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16091 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16092 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16093 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16094 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16096 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16097 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16098 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16099 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16100 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16102 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16103 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16105 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16106 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16108 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16109 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16111 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16112 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16114 Return values:
16115 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16116 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16117 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16118 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16119 quit spell session exited.
16121 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16123 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16124 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16125 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16127 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16129 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16130 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16132 Selections are:
16134 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16135 SPC: Accept word this time.
16136 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16137 `a': Accept word for this session.
16138 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16139 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16140 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16141 `?': Show these commands.
16142 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16143 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16144 the aborted check to be completed later.
16145 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16146 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16147 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16148 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16149 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16150 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16151 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16153 \(fn)" nil nil)
16155 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16156 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16157 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16158 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16160 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16162 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16163 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16164 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16165 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16167 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16169 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16171 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16172 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16173 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16174 amount for last line processed.
16176 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16178 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16179 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16181 \(fn)" t nil)
16183 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16184 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16186 \(fn)" t nil)
16188 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16189 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16190 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16192 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16194 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16195 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16197 \(fn)" t nil)
16199 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16200 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16201 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16202 sequence inside of a word.
16204 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16206 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16208 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16209 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16211 \(fn)" t nil)
16213 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16214 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16215 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16216 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16218 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16219 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16220 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16221 available on the net.
16223 \(fn)" t nil)
16225 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16226 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16227 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16228 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16229 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16231 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16232 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16233 spelled.
16235 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16236 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16237 SPC.
16239 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16240 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16242 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16244 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16245 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16246 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16247 Don't check included messages.
16249 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16250 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16251 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16253 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16254 in your init file:
16255 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16256 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16257 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16258 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16260 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16261 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16262 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16264 \(fn)" t nil)
16266 ;;;***
16268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21669
16269 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
16270 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16272 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16275 \(fn)" nil nil)
16277 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16278 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16279 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16280 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16281 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16282 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16283 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16284 necessary to represent OBJ.
16286 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16288 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16289 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16290 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16291 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16293 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16295 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16296 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16297 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16298 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16299 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16301 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16303 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16304 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16305 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16306 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16308 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16310 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16311 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16312 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16313 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16315 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16317 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16318 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16320 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16322 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16323 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16324 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16325 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16326 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16328 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16330 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16331 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16332 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16333 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16334 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16336 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16338 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16339 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16340 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16342 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16344 ;;;***
16346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21669 40237 316336
16347 ;;;;;; 766000))
16348 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16350 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16351 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16352 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16353 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16355 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16358 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16360 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16361 Uninstall jka-compr.
16362 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16363 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16364 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16366 \(fn)" nil nil)
16368 ;;;***
16370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21669 40237 826337
16371 ;;;;;; 297000))
16372 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16373 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16375 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16376 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16378 \(fn)" t nil)
16379 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16381 ;;;***
16383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
16384 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16385 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16387 ;;;***
16389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21669 40236
16390 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
16391 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16393 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16394 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16395 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16396 decimal key must be specified.")
16398 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16400 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16401 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16402 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16403 decimal key must be specified.")
16405 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16407 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16408 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16409 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16410 decimal key must be specified.")
16412 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16414 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16415 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16416 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16417 decimal key must be specified.")
16419 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16421 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16422 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16423 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16424 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16425 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16426 keys are bound.
16428 Setup Binding
16429 -------------------------------------------------------------
16430 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16431 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16432 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16433 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16434 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16435 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16436 in the global and local keymaps.
16438 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16439 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16441 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16443 ;;;***
16445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21669
16446 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
16447 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16449 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16450 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16451 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16453 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16454 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16455 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16456 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16457 shorter.
16459 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16460 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16461 the context of text formatting.
16463 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16465 ;;;***
16467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21669 40237 316336
16468 ;;;;;; 766000))
16469 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16471 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16472 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16473 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16474 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16475 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16476 positions that contains the current selection.")
16478 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16479 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16480 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16481 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16482 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16483 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16484 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16486 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16488 ;;;***
16490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
16491 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16492 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16493 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16494 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16495 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16496 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16497 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16498 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16500 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16501 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16502 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16504 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16506 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16507 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16508 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16509 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16510 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16512 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16514 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16515 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16516 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16518 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16519 defining the macro.
16521 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16522 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16523 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16525 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16526 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16528 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16530 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16531 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16532 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16533 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16534 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16535 under that name.
16537 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16538 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16539 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16541 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16543 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16544 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16545 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16546 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16548 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16549 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16550 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16551 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16553 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16554 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16556 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16558 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16559 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16560 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16562 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16563 macro.
16565 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16566 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16568 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16569 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16570 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16572 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16573 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16575 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16577 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16578 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16579 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16580 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16582 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16584 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16585 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16586 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16587 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16589 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16590 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16592 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16594 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16595 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16596 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16598 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16600 ;;;***
16602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21669
16603 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
16604 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16606 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16607 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16608 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16610 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16613 \(fn)" nil nil)
16615 ;;;***
16617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21669 40237
16618 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
16619 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16621 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16623 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16624 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16626 \(fn)" t nil)
16628 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16629 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16630 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16631 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16633 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16634 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16635 none / 1 | yes | no
16636 2 | yes | yes
16637 3 | no | yes
16638 4 | no | no
16640 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16641 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16642 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16644 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16646 ;;;***
16648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21669 40237
16649 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
16650 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16652 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16655 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16657 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16658 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16659 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16660 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16661 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16662 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16664 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16665 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16667 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16669 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16670 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16672 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16674 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16677 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16679 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16682 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16684 ;;;***
16686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21669
16687 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
16688 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16690 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16691 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16692 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16693 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16695 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16697 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16698 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16699 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16701 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16703 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16704 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16705 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16707 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16709 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16710 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16711 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16712 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16714 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16716 ;;;***
16718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16719 ;;;;;; (21669 40237 316336 766000))
16720 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16722 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16723 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16724 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16725 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16726 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16727 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16728 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16729 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16731 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16732 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16734 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16735 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16737 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16739 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16740 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16741 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16742 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16743 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16744 `latin1-display-setup'.
16746 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16748 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16749 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16750 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16751 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16753 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16754 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16756 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16758 ;;;***
16760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21669
16761 ;;;;;; 40237 826337 297000))
16762 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16764 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16765 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16767 \(fn)" t nil)
16769 ;;;***
16771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
16772 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16774 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16775 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16776 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16777 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16778 generations (this defaults to 1).
16780 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16782 ;;;***
16784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
16785 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16786 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16788 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16789 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16790 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16791 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16792 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16794 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16796 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16798 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16799 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16800 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16801 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16802 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16803 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16805 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16807 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16808 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16809 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16810 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16811 ARG is omitted or nil.
16813 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16814 `linum-on' would do it.
16815 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16817 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16819 ;;;***
16821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21669 40237 316336
16822 ;;;;;; 766000))
16823 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16825 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16826 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16827 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16828 is nil, raise an error.
16830 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16831 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16832 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16833 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16834 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16835 defined by the library.
16837 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16838 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16839 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16840 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16841 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16842 proceeds.
16844 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16845 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16846 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16847 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16849 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16851 ;;;***
16853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
16854 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16856 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16857 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16858 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16860 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16862 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16863 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16864 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16865 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16867 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16868 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16869 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16870 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16871 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16872 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16873 the version.)
16875 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16876 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16878 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16879 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16881 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16882 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16884 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16886 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16887 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16888 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16889 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16890 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16891 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16892 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16893 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16894 to constrain a big search.
16896 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16898 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16899 except that FILTER is not optional.
16901 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16903 ;;;***
16905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21669 40237 826337
16906 ;;;;;; 297000))
16907 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16909 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16910 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16911 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16912 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16913 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16914 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16915 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16916 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16917 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16918 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16920 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16921 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16922 associated values:
16923 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16924 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16925 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16926 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16927 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16929 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16930 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16931 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16933 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16935 ;;;***
16937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21669 40237 826337
16938 ;;;;;; 297000))
16939 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16941 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16942 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16944 \(fn)" t nil)
16946 ;;;***
16948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
16949 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16951 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16952 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16954 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16955 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
16957 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16958 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16959 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16961 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16962 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16964 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16965 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16966 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16967 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16968 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16969 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16970 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16972 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16974 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16975 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16976 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16977 switch on this list.
16978 See `lpr-command'.")
16980 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16982 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16983 Name of program for printing a file.
16985 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16986 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16987 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16988 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16989 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16990 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16991 argument.")
16993 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16995 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16996 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16997 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16998 for customization of the printer command.
17000 \(fn)" t nil)
17002 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17003 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17005 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17006 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17007 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17008 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17010 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17011 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17013 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17014 for further customization of the printer command.
17016 \(fn)" t nil)
17018 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17019 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17020 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17021 for customization of the printer command.
17023 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17025 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17026 Paginate and print the region contents.
17028 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17029 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17030 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17031 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17033 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17034 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17036 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17037 for further customization of the printer command.
17039 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17041 ;;;***
17043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21669 40237 316336
17044 ;;;;;; 766000))
17045 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17047 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17048 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17049 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17051 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17053 ;;;***
17055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21669 40236 816336
17056 ;;;;;; 299000))
17057 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17059 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17060 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17061 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17062 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17066 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17068 ;;;***
17070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21669 40237
17071 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
17072 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17074 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17075 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17077 \(fn)" t nil)
17079 ;;;***
17081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
17082 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17084 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17085 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17086 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17087 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17088 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17090 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17092 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17093 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17094 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17095 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17096 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17098 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17099 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17100 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17101 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17102 bindings.
17104 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17105 use this command, and then save the file.
17107 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17109 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17110 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17111 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17112 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17113 each time the macro executes.
17114 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17115 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17116 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17117 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17118 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17119 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17120 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17122 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17124 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17125 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17126 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17127 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17129 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17130 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17131 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17132 execute.
17134 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17135 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17137 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17138 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17139 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17140 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17141 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17143 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17144 looked like this:
17146 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17147 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17148 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17150 You could enter the names in this format:
17156 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17158 \\C-x (
17159 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17160 \\C-x )
17162 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17163 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17165 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17166 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17168 ;;;***
17170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21669 40237
17171 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
17172 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17174 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17175 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17176 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17177 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17178 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17179 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17181 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17182 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17183 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17184 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17185 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17187 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17188 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17189 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17190 consing a string.)
17192 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17194 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17195 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17197 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17199 ;;;***
17201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21669 40237
17202 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
17203 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17205 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17206 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17208 \(fn)" nil nil)
17210 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17213 \(fn)" nil nil)
17215 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17216 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17218 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17220 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17221 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17222 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17223 message.
17225 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17227 \(fn)" nil nil)
17229 ;;;***
17231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21669 40237
17232 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
17233 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17235 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17236 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17237 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17238 often correct parser.")
17240 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17242 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17243 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17244 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17245 a value which excludes your own email address.
17247 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17248 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17250 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17252 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17253 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17255 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17257 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17258 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17259 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17260 we return it unconverted.
17262 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17263 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17265 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17267 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17268 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17269 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17270 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17272 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17274 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17275 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17276 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17277 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17279 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17281 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17282 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17283 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17284 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17285 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17286 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17287 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17288 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17289 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17290 as Rmail does.
17292 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17294 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17295 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17296 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17297 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17298 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17299 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17300 matches may be returned from the message body.
17302 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17304 ;;;***
17306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21669 40237
17307 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
17308 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17310 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17311 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17312 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17313 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17314 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17315 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17317 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17319 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17320 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17321 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17322 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17323 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17325 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17326 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17327 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17328 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17330 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17332 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17333 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17335 \(fn)" nil nil)
17337 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17338 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17339 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17341 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17343 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17344 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17345 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17347 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17348 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17349 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17350 double-quotes.
17352 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17354 ;;;***
17356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21669 40237
17357 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
17358 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17360 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17361 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17362 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17363 king@grassland.com
17364 If `parens', they look like:
17365 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17366 If `angles', they look like:
17367 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17369 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17371 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17372 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17373 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17374 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17375 their `Resent-' variants.
17377 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17378 removed from alias expansions.
17380 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17382 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17383 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17384 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17386 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17387 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17388 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17389 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17391 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17393 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17394 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17395 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17397 \(fn)" nil nil)
17399 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17400 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17401 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17402 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17404 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17406 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17408 ;;;***
17410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21669 40237
17411 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
17412 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17414 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17415 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17416 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17417 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17419 \(fn)" nil nil)
17421 ;;;***
17423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21669
17424 ;;;;;; 40237 826337 297000))
17425 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17427 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17428 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17430 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17431 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17432 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17433 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17434 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17435 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17437 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17438 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17439 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17440 dependency, despite the colon.
17442 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17444 In the browser, use the following keys:
17446 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17448 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17450 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17451 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17453 `makefile-target-colon':
17454 The string that gets appended to all target names
17455 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17456 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17458 `makefile-macro-assign':
17459 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17460 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17461 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17462 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17463 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17464 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17466 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17467 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17468 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17470 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17471 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17473 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17474 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17475 up or down in the browser.
17477 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17478 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17480 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17481 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17483 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17484 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17485 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17486 has been selected in the browser.
17488 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17489 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17490 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17491 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17492 filenames are omitted.
17494 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17495 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17496 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17497 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17498 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17499 the backslash itself intact.
17500 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17501 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17503 `makefile-browser-hook':
17504 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17505 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17507 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17508 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17509 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17510 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17512 \(fn)" t nil)
17514 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17515 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17517 \(fn)" t nil)
17519 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17520 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17522 \(fn)" t nil)
17524 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17525 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17527 \(fn)" t nil)
17529 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17530 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17532 \(fn)" t nil)
17534 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17535 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17537 \(fn)" t nil)
17539 ;;;***
17541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21669 40237 316336
17542 ;;;;;; 766000))
17543 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17545 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17546 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17547 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17549 \(fn)" t nil)
17551 ;;;***
17553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
17554 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17556 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17558 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17559 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17560 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17561 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17562 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17563 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17564 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17565 page, it will display immediately.
17567 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17568 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17569 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17571 cat(1)
17572 1 cat
17574 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17575 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17576 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17577 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17579 -a chmod
17581 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17582 otherwise look like a page name.
17584 /my/file/name.1.gz
17585 -l somefile.1
17587 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17588 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17589 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17591 -k pattern
17593 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17595 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17596 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17598 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17600 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17601 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17603 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17605 ;;;***
17607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
17608 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17609 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17611 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17612 Toggle Master mode.
17613 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17614 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17615 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17617 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17618 using the following commands:
17620 \\{master-mode-map}
17622 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17623 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17624 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17626 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17628 ;;;***
17630 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21669 40237 316336
17631 ;;;;;; 766000))
17632 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17634 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17635 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17636 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17637 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17638 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17639 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17641 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17643 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17644 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17645 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17646 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17647 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17649 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17650 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17651 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17652 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17654 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17656 ;;;***
17658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
17659 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17660 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17662 ;;;***
17664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21706 9418 86773
17665 ;;;;;; 130000))
17666 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17668 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17670 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17671 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17672 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17673 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17674 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17675 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17676 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17677 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17678 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17679 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17680 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17681 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17682 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17683 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17684 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17685 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17686 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17687 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17688 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17689 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17690 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17691 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17692 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17693 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17694 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17695 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17696 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17697 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17698 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17699 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17700 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17701 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17702 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17703 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17704 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17705 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17706 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17707 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17709 \(fn)" t nil)
17711 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17712 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17713 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17714 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17715 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17717 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17719 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17720 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17722 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17724 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17725 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17727 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17729 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17730 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17732 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17734 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17735 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17736 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17738 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17740 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17741 Cancel an article you posted.
17742 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17746 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17747 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17748 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17749 header line with the old Message-ID.
17751 \(fn)" t nil)
17753 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17754 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17756 \(fn)" t nil)
17758 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17759 Forward the current message via mail.
17760 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17761 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17763 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17765 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17768 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17770 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17773 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17775 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17776 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17778 \(fn)" t nil)
17780 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17781 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17783 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17785 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17786 Re-mail the current message.
17787 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17788 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17789 you.
17791 \(fn)" t nil)
17793 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17794 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17796 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17798 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17799 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17801 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17803 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17804 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17806 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17808 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17809 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17811 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17813 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17814 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17815 Works by overstriking characters.
17816 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17817 which specify the range to operate on.
17819 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17821 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17822 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17823 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17824 which specify the range to operate on.
17826 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17828 ;;;***
17830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21669
17831 ;;;;;; 40237 826337 297000))
17832 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17833 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17835 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17836 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17838 \(fn)" t nil)
17840 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17841 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17843 \(fn)" t nil)
17845 ;;;***
17847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21669 40237
17848 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
17849 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17851 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17852 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17853 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17855 \(fn)" t nil)
17857 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17858 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17859 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17860 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17861 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17862 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17863 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17865 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17867 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17868 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17869 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17870 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17871 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17872 means current).
17873 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17874 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17876 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17878 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17879 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17880 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17881 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17882 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17883 means current).
17884 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17885 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17887 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17889 ;;;***
17891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21669 40237 316336
17892 ;;;;;; 766000))
17893 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17895 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17896 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17897 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17899 \(fn)" t nil)
17901 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17902 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17903 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17905 \(fn)" t nil)
17907 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17908 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17910 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17911 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17912 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17914 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17915 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17917 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17918 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17920 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17922 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17924 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17925 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17926 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17927 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17928 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17929 as `compose-mail'.
17931 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17932 initial Subject field, respectively.
17934 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17935 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17936 are strings.
17938 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17939 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17941 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17943 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17944 Save draft and send message.
17946 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17947 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17948 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17949 Mail Delivery*\".
17951 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17952 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17953 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17955 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17956 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17957 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17958 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17959 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17960 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17962 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17963 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17965 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17966 message and scan line.
17968 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17970 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17971 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17973 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17974 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17975 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17976 delete the draft message.
17978 \(fn)" t nil)
17980 ;;;***
17982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
17983 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17984 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
17986 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17988 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17990 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17992 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17993 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17995 \(fn)" t nil)
17997 ;;;***
17999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21669 40237
18000 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
18001 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18003 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18004 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18005 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18007 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18008 the MH mail system.
18010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18012 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18013 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18014 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18016 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18017 the MH mail system.
18019 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18021 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18022 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18024 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18025 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18026 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18027 separate command.
18029 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18030 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18031 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18032 format.
18034 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18036 Ranges
18037 ======
18038 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18039 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18040 can be used in several ways.
18042 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18043 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18044 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18045 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18046 page):
18048 <num1>-<num2>
18049 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18050 The range must be nonempty.
18052 <num>:N
18053 <num>:+N
18054 <num>:-N
18055 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18056 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18057 last.
18059 first:N
18060 prev:N
18061 next:N
18062 last:N
18063 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18066 All of the messages.
18068 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18069 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18071 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18072 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18073 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18075 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18077 \(fn)" t nil)
18079 ;;;***
18081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21669 40237 316336
18082 ;;;;;; 766000))
18083 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18085 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18086 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18087 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18088 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18089 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18090 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18091 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18092 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18093 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18094 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18095 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18097 \(fn)" t nil)
18099 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18100 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18101 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18102 to its second argument TM.
18104 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18106 ;;;***
18108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21669 40237
18109 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
18110 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18112 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18113 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18114 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18115 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18116 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18117 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18119 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18121 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18122 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18123 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18124 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18125 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18127 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18128 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18129 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18130 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18131 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18132 is modified to remove the default indication.
18134 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18136 ;;;***
18138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
18139 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18141 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18142 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18143 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18144 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18145 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18146 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18147 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18148 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18149 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18151 \(fn)" t nil)
18153 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18154 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18155 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18156 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18157 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18158 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18159 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18160 The return value is always nil.
18162 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18164 ;;;***
18166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21669 40237 316336
18167 ;;;;;; 766000))
18168 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18169 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18171 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18172 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18174 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18175 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18176 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18177 next occurrence.
18179 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18180 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18181 end of the search space).
18183 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18184 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18185 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18186 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18187 should return the previous buffer to search.
18189 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18190 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18191 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18193 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18194 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18195 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18196 Isearch starts.")
18198 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18199 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18200 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18202 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18203 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18204 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18206 \(fn)" nil nil)
18208 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18209 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18210 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18211 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18212 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18213 whose names match the specified regexp.
18215 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18217 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18218 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18219 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18220 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18221 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18222 whose names match the specified regexp.
18224 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18226 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18227 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18228 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18229 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18230 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18231 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18232 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18234 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18236 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18237 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18238 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18239 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18240 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18241 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18242 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18244 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18246 ;;;***
18248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21669
18249 ;;;;;; 40237 826337 297000))
18250 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18251 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18253 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18254 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18256 \(fn)" t nil)
18258 ;;;***
18260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21669 40237
18261 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
18262 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18264 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18265 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18267 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18269 ;;;***
18271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21669 40237
18272 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
18273 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18275 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18276 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18278 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18280 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18281 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18282 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18283 the entire message.
18284 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18286 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18288 ;;;***
18290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21669 40237
18291 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
18292 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18294 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18295 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18296 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18297 the entire message.
18298 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18300 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18302 ;;;***
18304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21669 40237 316336
18305 ;;;;;; 766000))
18306 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18308 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18309 Insert file contents of URL.
18310 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18312 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18314 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18315 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18317 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18319 ;;;***
18321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21669 40237 316336
18322 ;;;;;; 766000))
18323 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18325 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18326 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18327 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18328 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18329 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18331 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18333 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18334 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18335 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18337 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18339 ;;;***
18341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
18342 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18344 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18345 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18347 \(fn)" nil nil)
18349 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18350 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18351 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18352 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18353 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18355 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18356 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18357 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18358 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18359 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18360 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18362 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18364 ;;;***
18366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21669 40237 316336
18367 ;;;;;; 766000))
18368 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18370 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18373 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18375 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18378 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18380 ;;;***
18382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21669 40237 316336
18383 ;;;;;; 766000))
18384 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18386 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18389 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18391 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18394 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18396 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18399 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18401 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18404 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18406 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18409 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18411 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18414 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18416 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18419 \(fn)" nil nil)
18421 ;;;***
18423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21669 40236
18424 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
18425 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18427 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18429 ;;;***
18431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21607 56025
18432 ;;;;;; 801549 101000))
18433 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18435 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18437 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18438 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18439 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18440 followed by the first character of the construct.
18441 \\<m2-mode-map>
18442 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18443 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18444 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18445 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18446 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18447 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18448 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18449 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18450 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18451 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18452 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18453 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18454 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18455 \\[m2-link] link
18457 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18458 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18459 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18461 \(fn)" t nil)
18463 ;;;***
18465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21669 40237 316336
18466 ;;;;;; 766000))
18467 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18469 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18470 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18472 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18474 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18475 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18477 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18479 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18480 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18482 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18484 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18485 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18487 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18489 ;;;***
18491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21669 40237 316336
18492 ;;;;;; 766000))
18493 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18495 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18496 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18498 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18499 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18500 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18502 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18503 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18504 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18506 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18507 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18509 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18510 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18511 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18512 hemisphere you're in.)
18514 To test this function, evaluate:
18515 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18517 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18519 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18520 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18522 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18523 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18525 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18526 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18527 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18529 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18530 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18532 To test this function, evaluate:
18533 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18535 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18537 ;;;***
18539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
18540 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18542 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18543 Main entry point for MPC.
18545 \(fn)" t nil)
18547 ;;;***
18549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
18550 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18552 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18553 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18555 \(fn)" t nil)
18557 ;;;***
18559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
18560 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18562 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18563 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18564 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18565 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18566 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18567 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18569 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18571 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18572 Toggle Msb mode.
18573 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18574 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18575 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18577 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18578 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18580 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18582 ;;;***
18584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21669
18585 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
18586 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18588 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18589 Display a list of all character sets.
18591 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18592 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18593 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18594 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18595 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18597 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18598 but still shows the full information.
18600 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18602 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18603 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18604 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18606 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18607 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18608 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18609 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18610 meanings of these arguments.
18612 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18614 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18615 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18617 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18619 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18620 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18622 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18624 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18625 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18627 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18629 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18630 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18632 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18633 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18634 in place of `..':
18635 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18636 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18637 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18638 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18639 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18640 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18641 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18642 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18643 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18644 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18645 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18646 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18647 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18648 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18649 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18650 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18652 \(fn)" t nil)
18654 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18655 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18657 \(fn)" t nil)
18659 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18660 Display a list of all coding systems.
18661 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18663 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18664 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18666 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18668 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18669 Display a list of all coding categories.
18671 \(fn)" nil nil)
18673 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18674 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18675 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18677 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18679 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18680 Display information about FONTSET.
18681 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18683 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18685 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18686 Display a list of all fontsets.
18687 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18688 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18689 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18691 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18693 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18694 Display information about all input methods.
18696 \(fn)" t nil)
18698 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18699 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18701 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18702 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18703 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18704 system which uses fontsets).
18706 \(fn)" t nil)
18708 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18709 Show log of font listing and opening.
18710 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18711 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18713 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18715 ;;;***
18717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21669
18718 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
18719 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18721 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18722 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18724 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18725 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18727 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18728 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18730 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18732 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18733 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18734 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18735 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18736 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18737 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18738 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18740 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18741 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18742 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18743 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18744 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18745 middle of a character in STR.
18747 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18748 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18750 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18751 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18752 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18753 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18754 defaults to \"...\".
18756 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18758 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18759 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18761 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18762 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18763 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18765 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18766 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18767 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18769 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18770 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18771 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18772 are considered.
18773 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18774 longer than KEYSEQ.
18775 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18777 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18779 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18780 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18781 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18782 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18783 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18784 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18785 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18786 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18787 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18788 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18789 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18791 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18793 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18794 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18796 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18798 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18799 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18801 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18803 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18804 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18806 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18808 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18809 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18811 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18813 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18814 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18815 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18816 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18817 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18819 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18820 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18822 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18823 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18824 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18825 coding systems ordered by priority.
18827 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18829 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18831 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18832 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18833 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18834 language environment LANG-ENV.
18836 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18838 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18839 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18840 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18841 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18842 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18843 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18845 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18847 ;;;***
18849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21679 50887
18850 ;;;;;; 336751 696000))
18851 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18853 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18854 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18856 \(fn)" t nil)
18858 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18859 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18861 \(fn)" t nil)
18863 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18864 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18866 \(fn)" t nil)
18868 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18869 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18871 \(fn)" t nil)
18873 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18874 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18876 \(fn)" t nil)
18878 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18879 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18881 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18883 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18884 Ping HOST.
18885 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18886 `ping-program-options'.
18888 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18890 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18891 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18893 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18895 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18896 Run nslookup program.
18898 \(fn)" t nil)
18900 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18901 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18903 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18905 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18906 Run dig program.
18908 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18910 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18911 Run ftp program.
18913 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18915 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18916 Finger USER on HOST.
18918 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18920 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18921 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18922 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18923 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18925 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18927 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18930 \(fn)" t nil)
18932 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18933 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18935 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18937 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18938 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18940 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18942 ;;;***
18944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21669 40237 316336
18945 ;;;;;; 766000))
18946 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18948 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18949 Return a user name/password pair.
18950 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
18951 listed in the PORTS list.
18953 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18955 ;;;***
18957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21669
18958 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
18959 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18961 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
18962 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
18963 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
18964 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
18965 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
18966 closes it.
18968 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
18969 make it unique.
18970 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
18971 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
18972 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
18973 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
18974 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
18975 a port number to connect to.
18977 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
18978 values:
18980 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
18981 nil or `network'
18982 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
18983 the parameters :success and :capability-command
18984 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
18985 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
18986 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
18987 an unencrypted connection.
18988 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
18989 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
18990 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
18991 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
18992 returned object is a killed process.
18993 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
18994 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
18995 `shell' -- A shell connection.
18997 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
18998 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
18999 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19000 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19001 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19002 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19003 or nil if none could be found.
19004 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19005 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19007 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19009 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19010 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19011 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19013 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19014 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19015 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19017 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19018 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19019 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19021 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19022 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19023 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19024 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19026 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19027 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19029 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19030 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19031 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19032 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19033 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19034 or STARTTLS connections.
19036 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19037 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19039 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19040 a greeting from the server.
19042 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19043 asynchronously, if possible.
19045 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19047 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19049 ;;;***
19051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21669
19052 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
19053 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19055 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19056 Check whether newsticker is running.
19057 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19058 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19060 \(fn)" nil nil)
19062 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19063 Start the newsticker.
19064 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19065 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19066 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19067 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19069 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19071 ;;;***
19073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19074 ;;;;;; (21669 40237 316336 766000))
19075 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19077 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19078 Start newsticker plainview.
19080 \(fn)" t nil)
19082 ;;;***
19084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21669
19085 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
19086 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19088 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19089 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19091 \(fn)" t nil)
19093 ;;;***
19095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21669
19096 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
19097 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19099 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19100 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19101 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19102 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19103 empty.
19105 \(fn)" nil nil)
19107 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19108 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19109 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19110 running already.
19112 \(fn)" t nil)
19114 ;;;***
19116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21669
19117 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
19118 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19120 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19121 Start newsticker treeview.
19123 \(fn)" t nil)
19125 ;;;***
19127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (21669 40237
19128 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
19129 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19130 (push (purecopy '(newsticker 1 99)) package--builtin-versions)
19132 ;;;***
19134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21669 40237 316336
19135 ;;;;;; 766000))
19136 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19138 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19139 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19141 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19143 ;;;***
19145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21669 40237 316336
19146 ;;;;;; 766000))
19147 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19149 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19150 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19151 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19152 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19153 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19154 symbol in the alist.
19156 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19158 ;;;***
19160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21669 40237
19161 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
19162 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19164 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19165 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19166 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19168 \(fn)" t nil)
19170 ;;;***
19172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
19173 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19175 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19176 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19178 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19180 ;;;***
19182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
19183 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19185 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19187 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19188 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19189 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19191 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19194 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19196 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19197 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19198 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19199 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19200 to future sessions.
19202 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19204 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19205 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19206 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19207 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19208 future sessions.
19210 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19212 ;;;***
19214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21669
19215 ;;;;;; 40237 826337 297000))
19216 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19218 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19219 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19220 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19221 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19222 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19223 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19225 \(fn)" t nil)
19227 ;;;***
19229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
19230 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19231 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19233 ;;;***
19235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21669 40237
19236 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
19237 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19239 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19240 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19241 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19242 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19244 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19246 ;;;***
19248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21669 40237
19249 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
19250 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19252 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19253 Major mode for editing XML.
19255 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19256 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19257 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19258 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19259 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19260 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19261 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19263 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19265 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19266 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19268 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19269 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19270 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19271 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19272 instead of C-c.
19274 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19275 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19276 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19277 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19278 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19279 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19281 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19282 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19283 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19285 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19286 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19287 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19289 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19290 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19291 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19292 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19293 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19294 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19295 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19296 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19297 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19299 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19301 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19302 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19304 \(fn)" t nil)
19305 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19307 ;;;***
19309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21669 40237
19310 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
19311 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19313 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19314 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19315 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19316 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19318 \(fn)" t nil)
19320 ;;;***
19322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21669 40237
19323 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
19324 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19326 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19327 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19329 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19330 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19331 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19332 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19334 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19336 Key bindings:
19337 \\{octave-mode-map}
19339 \(fn)" t nil)
19341 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19342 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19343 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19345 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19347 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19348 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19350 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19351 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19352 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19354 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19356 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19358 ;;;***
19360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21669 40237
19361 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
19362 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19364 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19366 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19367 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19368 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19369 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19370 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19372 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19374 Customization:
19376 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19377 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19378 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19379 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19380 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19381 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19382 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19383 Directories to search when finding external units.
19384 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19385 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19387 Coloring:
19389 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19390 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19392 \(fn)" t nil)
19394 ;;;***
19396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
19397 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19399 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19400 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19402 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19404 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19405 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19406 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19407 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19408 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19409 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19411 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19413 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19414 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19415 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19416 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19417 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19419 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19421 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19422 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19424 \(fn)" nil nil)
19426 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19427 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19429 \(fn)" nil nil)
19431 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19432 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19433 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19435 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19436 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19437 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19438 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19439 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19440 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19441 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19442 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19443 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19444 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19446 The following commands are available:
19448 \\{org-mode-map}
19450 \(fn)" t nil)
19452 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19453 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19455 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19456 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19457 in special contexts.
19459 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19460 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19461 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19462 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19463 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19464 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19465 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19466 properties in the buffer.
19467 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19468 including any drawers.
19470 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19472 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19473 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19474 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19475 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19476 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19477 and zoom in further.
19478 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19479 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19481 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19482 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19483 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19484 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19485 times right after creating a new headline.
19487 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19488 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19489 is negative, go up that many levels.
19491 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19492 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19493 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19495 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19496 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19497 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19498 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19500 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19502 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19503 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19504 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19505 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19508 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19510 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19511 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19512 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19513 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19514 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19515 defined by Org-mode).
19517 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19519 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19520 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19522 \(fn)" nil nil)
19524 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19525 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19527 \(fn)" nil nil)
19529 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19530 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19531 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19532 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19533 call CMD.
19535 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19537 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19538 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19539 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19540 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19542 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19543 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19544 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19546 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19547 part of Org's core.
19549 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19550 active region.
19552 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19554 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19555 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19556 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19558 \(fn)" t nil)
19560 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19561 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19562 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19563 Org-mode syntax.
19565 \(fn)" t nil)
19567 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19568 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19570 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19572 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19573 Switch between Org buffers.
19574 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19575 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19577 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19578 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19580 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19582 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19584 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19586 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19587 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19588 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19589 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19591 \(fn)" t nil)
19593 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19594 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19596 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19598 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19599 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19600 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19602 \(fn)" t nil)
19604 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19605 Reload all org lisp files.
19606 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19608 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19610 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19611 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19613 \(fn)" t nil)
19615 ;;;***
19617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21669 40237
19618 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
19619 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19621 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19622 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19624 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19626 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19627 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19628 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19629 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19631 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19632 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19633 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19634 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19635 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19636 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19637 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19638 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19639 e Export views to associated files.
19640 s Search entries for keywords.
19641 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19642 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19643 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19644 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19645 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19646 > Remove a previous restriction.
19647 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19648 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19649 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19651 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19652 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19653 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19655 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19656 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19657 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19658 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19659 \(if active).
19661 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19663 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19664 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19665 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19666 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19667 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19668 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19669 before running the agenda command.
19671 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19673 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19674 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19675 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19676 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19677 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19678 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19679 before running the agenda command.
19681 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19682 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19684 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19686 category The category of the item
19687 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19688 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19689 todo selected in TODO match
19690 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19691 diary imported from diary
19692 deadline a deadline on given date
19693 scheduled scheduled on given date
19694 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19695 closed entry was closed on given date
19696 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19697 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19698 block entry has date block including g. date
19699 todo The todo keyword, if any
19700 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19701 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19702 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19703 extra Sting with extra planning info
19704 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19705 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19706 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19708 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19710 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19711 Store agenda views.
19713 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19715 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19716 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19718 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19720 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19721 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19722 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19723 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19725 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19726 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19727 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19729 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19730 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19732 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19733 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19735 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19737 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19738 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19740 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19741 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19742 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19743 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19744 EDIT-AT.
19746 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19747 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19748 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19749 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19750 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19751 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19753 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19754 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19755 including newlines.
19757 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19758 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19759 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19760 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19761 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19762 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19763 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19765 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19766 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19767 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19768 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19770 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19771 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19772 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19773 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19774 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19775 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19776 Boolean search must match as full words.
19778 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19779 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19781 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19783 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19784 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19785 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19786 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19787 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19788 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19790 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19792 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19793 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19794 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19796 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19798 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19799 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19800 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19801 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19802 `org-stuck-projects'.
19804 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19806 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19807 Return diary information from org files.
19808 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19809 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19810 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19811 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19812 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19814 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19816 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19818 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19819 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19821 &%%(org-diary)
19823 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
19824 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
19825 So the example above may also be written as
19827 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19829 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19830 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19831 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19833 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19835 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19836 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19838 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19840 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
19841 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
19842 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
19843 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
19844 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
19846 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
19848 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19849 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19850 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19852 \(fn)" t nil)
19854 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19855 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19856 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19857 appointments.
19859 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19860 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19862 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19863 for filtering entries out.
19865 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19866 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19867 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19869 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19870 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19872 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19873 (category \"Work\"))
19875 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19876 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19878 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19879 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
19880 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
19881 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19882 details and examples.
19884 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19885 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19887 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19889 ;;;***
19891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21669 40237
19892 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
19893 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19895 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
19896 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
19898 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19900 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19901 Capture something.
19902 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19903 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19904 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19905 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19906 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19907 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19909 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19910 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19911 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19912 stored.
19914 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19916 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
19917 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
19918 will be bypassed.
19920 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
19921 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
19922 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
19923 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
19925 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19927 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19928 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19930 \(fn)" t nil)
19932 ;;;***
19934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21669 40237
19935 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
19936 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
19938 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
19939 Remove all currently active column overlays.
19941 \(fn)" t nil)
19943 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
19946 \(fn)" nil nil)
19948 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
19949 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
19950 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
19952 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
19954 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
19955 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
19957 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
19959 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
19960 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
19962 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
19964 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
19965 Write the column view table.
19966 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
19968 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
19969 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
19970 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
19971 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
19972 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
19973 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
19974 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
19975 using `org-id-find'.
19976 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
19977 a hline before each level <= that number.
19978 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
19979 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
19980 :skip-empty-rows
19981 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
19982 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
19984 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
19986 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
19987 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
19989 \(fn)" t nil)
19991 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
19992 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
19994 \(fn)" t nil)
19996 ;;;***
19998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21669 40237
19999 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
20000 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20002 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20003 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20005 \(fn)" nil t)
20007 ;;;***
20009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21669 40237 316336
20010 ;;;;;; 766000))
20011 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20013 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20014 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20016 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20018 ;;;***
20020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21607 56025
20021 ;;;;;; 301574 889000))
20022 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20024 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20025 The release version of org-mode.
20026 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20028 \(fn)" nil nil)
20030 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20031 The Git version of org-mode.
20032 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20034 \(fn)" nil nil)
20036 ;;;***
20038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21669 40237 316336
20039 ;;;;;; 766000))
20040 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20041 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20042 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20044 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20045 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20046 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20047 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20049 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20050 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20051 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20052 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20054 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20055 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20056 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20057 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20058 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20059 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20061 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20062 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20063 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20065 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20066 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20067 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20068 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20069 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20070 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20071 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20072 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20073 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20074 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20075 The subheadings remain visible.
20076 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20078 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20079 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20080 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20082 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20083 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20085 \(fn)" t nil)
20087 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20088 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20089 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20090 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20091 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20093 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20095 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20096 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20098 ;;;***
20100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21676 11899
20101 ;;;;;; 256354 520000))
20102 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20103 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20105 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20106 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20107 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20108 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20109 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20111 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20112 activate the package system at any time.")
20114 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20116 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20117 Install the package PKG.
20118 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20119 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20121 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20123 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20124 Install a package from the current buffer.
20125 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file that follows the
20126 packaging guidelines; see info node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20127 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20129 \(fn)" t nil)
20131 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20132 Install a package from a file.
20133 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20135 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20137 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20138 Import keys from FILE.
20140 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20142 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20143 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20144 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20145 makes them available for download.
20147 \(fn)" t nil)
20149 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20150 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20151 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20152 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20154 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20156 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20157 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20159 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20161 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20162 Display a list of packages.
20163 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20164 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20165 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20167 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20169 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20171 ;;;***
20173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
20174 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20176 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20177 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20178 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20179 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20180 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20181 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20183 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20185 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20186 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20187 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20188 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20189 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20191 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20192 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20193 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20195 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20197 ;;;***
20199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21669
20200 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
20201 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20202 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20204 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20205 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20206 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20207 unknown are returned as nil.
20209 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20211 ;;;***
20213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21669 40237
20214 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
20215 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20217 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20218 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20219 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20221 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20222 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20224 Other useful functions are:
20226 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20227 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20228 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20229 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20230 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20231 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20232 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20233 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20234 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20236 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20238 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20239 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20240 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20241 Indentation for case statements.
20242 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20243 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20244 mark after an end.
20245 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20246 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20247 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20248 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20249 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20250 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20251 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20252 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20253 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20254 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20256 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20257 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20259 \(fn)" t nil)
20261 ;;;***
20263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21669
20264 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
20265 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20267 (defvar password-cache t "\
20268 Whether to cache passwords.")
20270 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20272 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20273 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20274 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20276 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20278 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20279 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20281 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20283 ;;;***
20285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21669 40236
20286 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
20287 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20289 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20290 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20291 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20293 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20294 _ matches anything.
20295 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20296 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20297 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20298 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20299 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20300 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20301 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20302 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20303 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20304 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20306 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20307 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20308 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20309 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20310 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20311 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20313 PRED can take the form
20314 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20315 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20316 which is the value being matched.
20317 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20318 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20319 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20320 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20321 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20323 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20325 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20327 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20328 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20329 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20330 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20332 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20334 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20336 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20337 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20338 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20339 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20341 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20343 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20345 ;;;***
20347 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21669 40237 316336
20348 ;;;;;; 766000))
20349 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20351 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20352 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20354 \(fn)" nil nil)
20356 ;;;***
20358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21669 40237 316336
20359 ;;;;;; 766000))
20360 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20362 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20363 Completion for `gzip'.
20365 \(fn)" nil nil)
20367 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20368 Completion for `bzip2'.
20370 \(fn)" nil nil)
20372 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20373 Completion for GNU `make'.
20375 \(fn)" nil nil)
20377 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20378 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20380 \(fn)" nil nil)
20382 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20384 ;;;***
20386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21669 40237
20387 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
20388 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20390 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20391 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20393 \(fn)" nil nil)
20395 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20396 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20398 \(fn)" nil nil)
20400 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20401 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20403 \(fn)" nil nil)
20405 ;;;***
20407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21669 40237 316336
20408 ;;;;;; 766000))
20409 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20411 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20412 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20414 \(fn)" nil nil)
20416 ;;;***
20418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21669 40237 316336
20419 ;;;;;; 766000))
20420 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20422 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20423 Completion for `cd'.
20425 \(fn)" nil nil)
20427 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20429 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20430 Completion for `rmdir'.
20432 \(fn)" nil nil)
20434 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20435 Completion for `rm'.
20437 \(fn)" nil nil)
20439 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20440 Completion for `xargs'.
20442 \(fn)" nil nil)
20444 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20446 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20447 Completion for `which'.
20449 \(fn)" nil nil)
20451 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20452 Completion for the `chown' command.
20454 \(fn)" nil nil)
20456 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20457 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20459 \(fn)" nil nil)
20461 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20462 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20464 \(fn)" nil nil)
20466 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20467 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20468 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20470 \(fn)" nil nil)
20472 ;;;***
20474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21669 40237 316336
20475 ;;;;;; 766000))
20476 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20478 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20479 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20481 \(fn)" nil nil)
20483 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20484 Completion for the `ack' command.
20485 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20486 long options.
20488 \(fn)" nil nil)
20490 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20492 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20493 Completion for the `ag' command.
20495 \(fn)" nil nil)
20497 ;;;***
20499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21689 338 694604
20500 ;;;;;; 955000))
20501 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20503 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20504 Support extensible programmable completion.
20505 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20506 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20508 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20510 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20511 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20513 \(fn)" t nil)
20515 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20516 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20517 This will modify the current buffer.
20519 \(fn)" t nil)
20521 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20522 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20524 \(fn)" t nil)
20526 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20527 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20528 This will modify the current buffer.
20530 \(fn)" t nil)
20532 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20533 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20535 \(fn)" t nil)
20537 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20538 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20540 \(fn)" t nil)
20542 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20543 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20544 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20545 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20546 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20548 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20550 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20551 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20553 \(fn)" nil nil)
20555 ;;;***
20557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
20558 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20560 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20561 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20562 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20563 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20565 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20567 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20569 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20570 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20571 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20572 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20573 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20574 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20575 FLAGS is ignored.
20577 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20579 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20580 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20581 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20582 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20583 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20584 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20585 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20586 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20588 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20590 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20591 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20592 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20593 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20594 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20595 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20596 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20597 passed to cvs.
20599 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20601 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20602 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20603 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20604 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20605 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20606 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20607 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20609 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20611 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20612 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20613 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20615 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20617 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20618 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20619 A value of nil means never do it.
20620 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20621 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20622 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20624 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20626 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20627 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20628 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20630 ;;;***
20632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21669 40237
20633 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
20634 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20636 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20637 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20639 ;;;***
20641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21669
20642 ;;;;;; 40237 826337 297000))
20643 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20644 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20645 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20646 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20647 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20648 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20649 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20651 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20652 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20653 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20654 Tab indents for Perl code.
20655 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20656 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20657 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20658 \\{perl-mode-map}
20659 Variables controlling indentation style:
20660 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20661 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20662 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20663 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20664 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20665 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20666 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20667 `perl-nochange'
20668 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20669 `perl-indent-level'
20670 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20671 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20672 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20673 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20674 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20675 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20676 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20677 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20678 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20679 `perl-brace-offset'
20680 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20681 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20682 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20683 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20684 `perl-label-offset'
20685 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20686 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20687 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20689 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20690 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20691 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20692 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20693 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20694 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20695 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20697 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20699 \(fn)" t nil)
20701 ;;;***
20703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21669 40237
20704 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
20705 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20707 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20708 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20709 \\<picture-mode-map>
20710 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20711 afterwards settable by these commands:
20713 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20714 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20715 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20716 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20718 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20719 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20720 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20721 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20723 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20724 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20725 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20726 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20728 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20729 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20730 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20731 with these commands:
20733 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20734 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20735 Move to column following last
20736 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20737 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20738 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20739 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20740 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20741 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20743 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20745 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20746 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20747 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20748 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20749 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20750 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20752 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20753 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20754 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20755 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20756 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20757 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20758 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20760 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20761 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20762 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20763 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20764 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20765 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20766 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20767 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20769 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20770 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20771 by supplying an argument.
20773 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20775 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20776 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20778 \(fn)" t nil)
20780 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20782 ;;;***
20784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21669 40237 316336
20785 ;;;;;; 766000))
20786 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20788 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20789 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20791 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20793 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20794 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20796 \(fn)" t nil)
20798 ;;;***
20800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21669 40237 826337
20801 ;;;;;; 297000))
20802 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20804 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20805 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20806 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20808 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20810 ;;;***
20812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
20813 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20815 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20816 Play pong and waste time.
20817 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20818 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20820 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20822 \\{pong-mode-map}
20824 \(fn)" t nil)
20826 ;;;***
20828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
20829 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20831 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20832 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20833 Use streaming commands.
20835 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20837 ;;;***
20839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21669 40236 816336
20840 ;;;;;; 299000))
20841 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20843 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20844 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20845 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20846 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20848 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20850 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20851 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20853 \(fn)" nil nil)
20855 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20856 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20857 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20858 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20859 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20861 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20863 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20864 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20865 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20867 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20869 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20870 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20872 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20874 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20875 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20876 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20877 Ignores leading comment characters.
20879 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20881 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20882 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20883 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20884 Ignores leading comment characters.
20886 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20888 ;;;***
20890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21669 40237 316336
20891 ;;;;;; 766000))
20892 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20893 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
20895 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20896 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20898 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20900 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20902 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20904 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20905 Preview directory using ghostview.
20907 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20908 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20909 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20910 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20912 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20913 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20914 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20915 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20916 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20917 file name.
20919 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20921 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20923 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20924 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20926 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20927 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20928 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20929 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20931 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20932 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20933 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20934 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20935 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20936 file name.
20938 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20940 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20942 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20943 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20945 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20946 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20947 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20948 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20950 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20951 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20952 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20953 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20954 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20955 file name.
20957 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20959 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20961 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
20962 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20964 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20966 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20967 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20968 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20969 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20971 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20972 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20973 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20974 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20975 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20976 file name.
20978 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20980 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20982 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
20983 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20985 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20986 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20987 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20989 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20990 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20991 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20992 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20994 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20996 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20997 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20999 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21000 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21001 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21003 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21004 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21005 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21006 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21008 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21010 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21011 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21013 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21014 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21015 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21017 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21018 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21019 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21020 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21022 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21024 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21025 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21027 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21029 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21030 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21031 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21033 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21034 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21035 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21036 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21038 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21040 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21041 Preview region using ghostview.
21043 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21045 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21047 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21048 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21050 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21052 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21054 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21055 Print region using PostScript printer.
21057 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21059 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21061 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21062 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21064 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21066 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21068 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21069 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21071 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21073 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21075 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21076 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21078 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21080 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21082 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21083 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21085 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21087 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21089 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21090 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21092 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21094 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21096 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21097 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21098 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21099 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21101 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21102 matching.
21104 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21105 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21107 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21109 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21111 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21112 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21113 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21114 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21116 \(fn)" t nil)
21118 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21119 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21120 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21121 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21123 \(fn)" t nil)
21125 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21126 Print directory using text printer.
21128 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21129 matching.
21131 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21132 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21134 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21136 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21138 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21139 Print buffer using text printer.
21141 \(fn)" t nil)
21143 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21144 Print region using text printer.
21146 \(fn)" t nil)
21148 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21149 Print major mode using text printer.
21151 \(fn)" t nil)
21153 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21154 Preview spooled PostScript.
21156 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21157 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21158 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21160 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21161 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21162 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21164 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21166 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21167 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21169 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21170 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21171 instead of sending it to the printer.
21173 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21174 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21175 image in a file with that name.
21177 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21179 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21180 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21182 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21183 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21184 instead of sending it to the printer.
21186 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21187 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21188 image in a file with that name.
21190 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21192 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21193 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21195 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21196 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21197 instead of sending it to the printer.
21199 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21200 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21201 image in a file with that name.
21203 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21205 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21206 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21208 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21210 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21211 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21213 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21215 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21216 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21218 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21220 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21221 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21223 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21225 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21226 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21228 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21230 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21231 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21233 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21234 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21235 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21236 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21238 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21239 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21240 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21241 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21242 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21243 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21244 file name.
21246 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21248 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21249 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21251 \(fn)" t nil)
21253 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21254 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21256 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21257 right.
21258 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21259 bottom.
21261 \(fn)" t nil)
21263 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21264 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21266 \(fn)" t nil)
21268 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21269 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21271 \(fn)" t nil)
21273 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21274 Toggle printing with faces.
21276 \(fn)" t nil)
21278 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21279 Toggle spooling.
21281 \(fn)" t nil)
21283 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21284 Toggle duplex.
21286 \(fn)" t nil)
21288 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21289 Toggle tumble.
21291 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21292 right.
21293 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21294 bottom.
21296 \(fn)" t nil)
21298 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21299 Toggle landscape.
21301 \(fn)" t nil)
21303 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21304 Toggle upside-down.
21306 \(fn)" t nil)
21308 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21309 Toggle line number.
21311 \(fn)" t nil)
21313 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21314 Toggle zebra stripes.
21316 \(fn)" t nil)
21318 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21319 Toggle printing header.
21321 \(fn)" t nil)
21323 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21324 Toggle printing header frame.
21326 \(fn)" t nil)
21328 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21329 Toggle menu lock.
21331 \(fn)" t nil)
21333 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21334 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21336 \(fn)" t nil)
21338 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21339 Toggle auto mode.
21341 \(fn)" t nil)
21343 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21344 Customization of the `printing' group.
21346 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21348 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21349 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21351 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21353 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21354 Help for the printing package.
21356 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21358 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21359 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21361 \(fn)" t nil)
21363 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21364 Interactively select a text printer.
21366 \(fn)" t nil)
21368 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21369 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21371 \(fn)" t nil)
21373 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21374 Show current ps-print settings.
21376 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21378 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21379 Show current printing settings.
21381 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21383 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21384 Show current lpr settings.
21386 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21388 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21389 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21391 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21392 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21393 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21394 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21397 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21399 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21400 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21401 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21403 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21404 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21405 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21406 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21407 current active printer.
21409 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21410 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21411 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21412 printer.
21414 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21415 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21416 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21417 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21418 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21421 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21422 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21424 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21426 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21427 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21428 be done using the new current active printer.
21430 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21431 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21432 printer.
21434 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21435 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21436 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21437 instead of sending it to the printer.
21439 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21440 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21441 printer.
21443 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21446 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21447 are both set to t.
21449 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21451 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21452 Fast fire function for text printing.
21454 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21455 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21456 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21457 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21459 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21460 user for a new active text printer.
21462 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21464 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21466 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21467 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21468 printer.
21470 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21472 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21473 are both set to t.
21475 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21477 ;;;***
21479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
21480 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21482 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21483 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21484 \\<proced-mode-map>
21485 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21486 the process information.
21488 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21490 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21491 Proced buffers.
21493 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21495 ;;;***
21497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21669 40237 316336
21498 ;;;;;; 766000))
21499 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21501 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21502 Start/restart profilers.
21503 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21504 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21505 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21507 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21509 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21510 Open profile FILENAME.
21512 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21514 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21515 Open profile FILENAME.
21517 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21519 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21520 Open profile FILENAME.
21522 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21524 ;;;***
21526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21669 40237
21527 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
21528 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21530 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21531 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21533 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21534 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21536 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21538 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21539 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21541 Commands:
21542 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21544 \(fn)" t nil)
21546 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21547 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21548 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21550 \(fn)" t nil)
21552 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21553 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21554 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21556 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21558 ;;;***
21560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
21561 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21563 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21564 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21565 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21567 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21569 ;;;***
21571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21669 40237
21572 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
21573 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21574 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21576 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21577 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21579 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21581 The following variables hold user options, and can
21582 be set through the `customize' command:
21584 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21585 `ps-mode-tab'
21586 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21587 `ps-mode-print-function'
21588 `ps-run-prompt'
21589 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21590 `ps-run-x'
21591 `ps-run-dumb'
21592 `ps-run-init'
21593 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21594 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21596 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21599 \\{ps-mode-map}
21602 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21603 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21604 The keymap for this second window is:
21606 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21609 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21610 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21611 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21612 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21613 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21615 \(fn)" t nil)
21617 ;;;***
21619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21670 36217 165621
21620 ;;;;;; 979000))
21621 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21622 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21624 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21625 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21626 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21628 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21630 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21631 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21632 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21633 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21635 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21637 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21638 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21640 Valid values are:
21642 nil Do not print colors.
21644 t Print colors.
21646 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21647 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21649 Any other value is treated as t.")
21651 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21653 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21654 Customization of ps-print group.
21656 \(fn)" t nil)
21658 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21659 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21661 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21662 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21663 sending it to the printer.
21665 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21666 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21667 image in a file with that name.
21669 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21671 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21672 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21673 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21674 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21675 so it has a way to determine color values.
21677 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21679 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21680 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21681 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21683 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21685 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21686 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21687 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21688 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21689 so it has a way to determine color values.
21691 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21693 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21694 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21695 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21696 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21698 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21700 \(fn)" t nil)
21702 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21703 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21704 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21705 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21706 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21708 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21710 \(fn)" t nil)
21712 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21713 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21714 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21716 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21718 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21720 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21721 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21722 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21723 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21724 so it has a way to determine color values.
21726 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21728 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21730 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21731 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21733 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21734 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21735 instead of sending it to the printer.
21737 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21738 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21739 image in a file with that name.
21741 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21743 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21744 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21745 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21746 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21747 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21749 \(fn)" t nil)
21751 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21752 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21753 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21755 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21757 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21758 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21759 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21761 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21763 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21764 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21766 \(fn)" nil nil)
21768 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21769 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21771 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21772 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21774 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21775 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21777 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21779 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21781 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21783 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21784 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21786 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21787 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21789 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21790 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21792 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21794 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21796 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21798 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21799 foreground and background colors respectively.
21801 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21802 bold - use bold font.
21803 italic - use italic font.
21804 underline - put a line under text.
21805 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21806 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21807 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21808 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21809 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21811 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21813 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21815 ;;;***
21817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21669 40236 816336
21818 ;;;;;; 299000))
21819 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21820 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21822 ;;;***
21824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21707 30279
21825 ;;;;;; 916059 915000))
21826 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21827 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 4)) package--builtin-versions)
21829 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21831 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21833 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21834 Run an inferior Python process.
21835 Input and output via buffer named after
21836 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21837 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21839 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21840 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21841 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
21842 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21844 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
21845 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21846 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21848 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21850 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21851 Major mode for editing Python files.
21853 \\{python-mode-map}
21855 \(fn)" t nil)
21857 ;;;***
21859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
21860 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21862 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21863 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21864 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21865 coding-system.
21867 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21868 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21870 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21871 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21872 them into characters should be done separately.
21874 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21876 ;;;***
21878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21669 40237
21879 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
21880 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21882 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21883 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21885 \(fn)" nil nil)
21887 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21888 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21889 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21891 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21892 `quail-activate', which see.
21894 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21896 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21897 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21898 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21899 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21900 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21901 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21902 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21904 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21905 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21906 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21907 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21908 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21909 shown.
21910 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21912 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21913 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21914 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21915 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21916 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21917 list of candidates.
21919 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21920 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21921 command to be called.
21923 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21924 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21925 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21926 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21928 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21929 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21930 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21931 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21932 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21933 to t.
21935 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21936 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21937 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21938 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21940 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
21941 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
21942 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
21943 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
21944 defines no translations for single character keys.
21946 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21947 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21948 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21949 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21950 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21951 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21953 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21954 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21955 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21956 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21957 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21958 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21960 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21961 covers Quail translation region.
21963 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21964 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21965 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21966 for it) is inserted.
21968 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21969 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21970 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21972 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21973 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21974 non-Quail commands.
21976 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21978 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21979 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21981 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21982 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21983 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21984 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21985 you type is correctly handled.
21987 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21989 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21990 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21992 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21993 keyboard type.
21995 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21997 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
21998 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21999 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22000 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22001 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22002 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22003 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22004 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22005 for the translation.
22006 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22008 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22009 it is used to handle KEY.
22011 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22012 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22013 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22014 the following annotation types are supported.
22016 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22017 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22019 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22020 candidate list.
22022 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22023 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22024 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22025 inserted.
22027 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22028 generated for the following translations.
22030 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22032 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22033 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22035 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22036 which to install MAP.
22038 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22040 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22042 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22043 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22045 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22046 which to install MAP.
22048 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22050 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22052 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22053 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22054 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22055 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22056 a function, or a cons.
22057 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22058 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22059 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22060 for the translation.
22061 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22062 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22063 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22064 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22065 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22067 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22068 it is used to handle KEY.
22070 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22071 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22072 current Quail package.
22074 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22075 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22077 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22079 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22080 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22082 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22083 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22085 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22087 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22088 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22090 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22092 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22093 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22094 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22095 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22096 of the Emacs source tree.
22098 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22099 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22101 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22102 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22103 of each directory.
22105 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22107 ;;;***
22109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21669
22110 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
22111 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22113 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22114 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22115 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22116 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22118 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22120 ;;;***
22122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22123 ;;;;;; (21669 40237 316336 766000))
22124 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22126 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22127 Activate UCS input method.
22128 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22130 While this input method is active, the variable
22131 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22133 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22135 ;;;***
22137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21669 40237 316336
22138 ;;;;;; 766000))
22139 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22141 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22142 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22143 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22144 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22146 To make use of this do something like:
22148 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22150 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22152 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22153 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22155 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22156 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22157 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22159 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22161 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22162 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22164 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22166 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22167 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22169 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22170 is decided.
22172 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22174 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22175 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22177 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22178 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22179 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22181 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22183 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22184 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22186 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22188 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22189 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22191 \(fn)" t nil)
22193 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22194 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22196 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22198 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22200 \(fn)" t nil)
22202 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22203 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22205 \(fn)" t nil)
22207 ;;;***
22209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21669 40237 316336
22210 ;;;;;; 766000))
22211 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22213 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22214 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22216 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22218 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22220 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22222 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22224 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22227 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22229 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22230 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22231 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22232 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22233 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22234 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22236 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22238 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22239 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22240 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22241 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22242 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22244 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22246 ;;;***
22248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21669
22249 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
22250 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22252 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22254 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22255 Construct a regexp interactively.
22256 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22257 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22258 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22260 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22261 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22263 \(fn)" t nil)
22265 ;;;***
22267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21669 40237 826337
22268 ;;;;;; 297000))
22269 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22271 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22272 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22273 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22274 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22275 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22276 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22278 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22280 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22281 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22282 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22283 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22284 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22286 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22287 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22288 were operated on recently.
22290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22292 ;;;***
22294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
22295 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22297 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22298 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22299 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22300 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22301 ends.
22303 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22304 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22305 to be deleted.
22307 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22309 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22310 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22311 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22313 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22314 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22315 deleted.
22317 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22319 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22320 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22321 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22323 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22325 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22326 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22328 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22329 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22331 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22332 deleted.
22334 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22335 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22336 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22337 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22338 even beep.)
22340 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22342 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22343 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22345 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22347 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22348 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22350 \(fn)" t nil)
22352 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22353 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22354 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22355 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22356 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22357 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22358 and point is at the lower right corner.
22360 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22362 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22363 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22365 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22366 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22368 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22369 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22370 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22372 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22374 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22376 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22377 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22378 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22379 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22380 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22382 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22383 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22385 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22387 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22388 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22389 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22391 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22393 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22395 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22397 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22398 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22400 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22401 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22402 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22404 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22406 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22407 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22408 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22410 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22411 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22412 rectangle which were empty.
22414 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22416 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22417 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22419 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22420 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22421 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22422 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22424 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22426 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22427 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22428 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22430 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22432 ;;;***
22434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21669 40237
22435 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
22436 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22438 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22439 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22440 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22441 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22442 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22444 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22445 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22446 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22447 auto-filling.
22449 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22453 ;;;***
22455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21704 54100
22456 ;;;;;; 244617 275000))
22457 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22459 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22460 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22462 \(fn)" nil nil)
22464 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22465 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22467 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22468 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22470 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22471 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22472 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22473 \\ref macro.
22475 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22476 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22477 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22479 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22480 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22481 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22483 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22484 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22486 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22487 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22489 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22490 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22491 on the menu bar.
22493 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22495 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22497 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22498 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22499 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22501 \(fn)" nil nil)
22503 ;;;***
22505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" (21669
22506 ;;;;;; 40237 826337 297000))
22507 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22509 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22510 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22511 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22512 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22513 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22514 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22516 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22518 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22520 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22521 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22522 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22523 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22524 `reftex-cite-format'.
22526 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22527 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22528 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22529 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22531 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22533 ;;;***
22535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22536 ;;;;;; (21669 40237 826337 297000))
22537 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22539 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22540 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22541 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22542 the current TeX document.
22544 With no argument, this command toggles
22545 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22546 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22548 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22550 ;;;***
22552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22553 ;;;;;; (21669 40237 826337 297000))
22554 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22556 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22557 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22558 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22560 To insert new phrases, use
22561 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22562 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22564 To index phrases use one of:
22566 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22567 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22568 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22569 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22570 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22572 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22573 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22575 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22577 Here are all local bindings.
22579 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
22581 \(fn)" t nil)
22583 ;;;***
22585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22586 ;;;;;; (21669 40237 826337 297000))
22587 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22589 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22590 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22591 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22592 of master file.
22594 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22596 ;;;***
22598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21707
22599 ;;;;;; 30279 916059 915000))
22600 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22601 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22602 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22603 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22604 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22606 ;;;***
22608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21669
22609 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
22610 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22612 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22613 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22614 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22615 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22616 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22617 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22619 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22620 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22622 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22623 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22624 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22625 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22627 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22629 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22630 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22631 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22632 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22634 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22636 ;;;***
22638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21669 40236 816336
22639 ;;;;;; 299000))
22640 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22641 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22643 ;;;***
22645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21669 40237
22646 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
22647 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22648 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22650 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22651 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22652 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22653 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22655 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22657 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22659 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22660 Call `remember' in another frame.
22662 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22664 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22665 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22666 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22668 \(fn)" t nil)
22670 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22671 Extract diary entries from the region.
22673 \(fn)" nil nil)
22675 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22676 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22677 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22678 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22680 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22682 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22683 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22684 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22685 minor mode.
22687 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22689 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22690 Return the buffer.
22692 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22693 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22694 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22696 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22698 ;;;***
22700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
22701 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22702 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22704 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22705 Repeat most recently executed command.
22706 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22707 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22708 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22710 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22711 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22712 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22713 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22715 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22716 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22717 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22719 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22721 ;;;***
22723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21669 40237
22724 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
22725 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22727 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22728 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22730 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22731 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22732 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22733 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22734 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22735 and point is left after the salutation.
22737 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22738 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22739 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22740 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22741 left after that text.
22743 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22744 is non-nil.
22746 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22747 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22748 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22749 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22751 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22753 ;;;***
22755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21669 40237 826337
22756 ;;;;;; 297000))
22757 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22759 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22760 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22761 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22762 visibility of comments that precede it.
22763 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22764 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22765 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22766 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22767 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22768 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22769 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22770 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22771 the comment lines.
22772 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22773 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22774 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22775 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22776 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22780 ;;;***
22782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
22783 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22785 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22786 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22787 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22788 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22789 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22791 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22792 reveals invisible text around point.
22794 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22796 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22797 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22798 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22799 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22800 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22801 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22803 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22805 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22806 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22807 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22809 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22810 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22811 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22815 ;;;***
22817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21669 40236 816336
22818 ;;;;;; 299000))
22819 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22821 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22822 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22824 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22826 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22827 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22829 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22831 ;;;***
22833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21669 40237 316336
22834 ;;;;;; 766000))
22835 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22837 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22838 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22839 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22840 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22842 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22844 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22845 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22846 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22847 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22849 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22850 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22852 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22853 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22855 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22856 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22857 INPUT-ARGS.
22859 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22860 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22861 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22862 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22863 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22865 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22866 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22867 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22868 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22870 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22871 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22872 variable.
22874 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22876 ;;;***
22878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21670 36217 165621
22879 ;;;;;; 979000))
22880 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22882 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22883 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22885 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22887 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22889 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22890 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22891 Its name should end with a slash.")
22893 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22894 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22896 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22897 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22898 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22900 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22902 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22903 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22904 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22905 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22906 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22907 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22908 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22910 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22911 sent by you under different user names.
22912 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22914 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22916 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22918 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22920 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22921 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22922 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22923 explicitly.")
22925 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22927 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22928 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22929 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22930 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22931 which normally happens once for each message,
22932 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22933 To make a change in this variable take effect
22934 for a message that you have already viewed,
22935 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22937 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22939 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22940 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22941 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22942 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22944 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22946 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
22947 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22949 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22951 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22952 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22953 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22955 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22957 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22958 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22959 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22960 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22961 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22962 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22964 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22966 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22967 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22969 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22971 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22972 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22974 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22976 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22977 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22979 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22980 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22982 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22984 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22985 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22987 This is set to nil by default.")
22989 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22990 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22991 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
22992 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
22993 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22994 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22995 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22997 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
22998 Read and edit incoming mail.
22999 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23000 file in RMAIL Mode.
23001 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23003 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23004 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23005 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23006 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23008 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23010 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23012 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23013 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23014 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23015 Instead, these commands are available:
23017 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23018 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23019 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23020 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23021 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23022 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23023 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23024 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23025 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23026 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23027 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23028 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23029 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23030 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23031 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23032 till a deleted message is found.
23033 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23034 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23035 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23036 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23037 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23038 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23039 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23040 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23041 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23042 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23043 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23044 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23045 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23046 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23047 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23048 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23049 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23050 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23051 (label defaults to last one specified).
23052 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23053 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23054 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23055 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23056 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23057 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23058 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23059 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23060 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23062 \(fn)" t nil)
23064 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23065 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23067 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23069 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23070 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23072 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23074 ;;;***
23076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21669 40237
23077 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
23078 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23079 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23081 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23082 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23083 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23084 case it writes Babyl.
23086 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23087 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23088 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23089 `rmail-default-file'.
23091 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23092 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23093 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23095 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23096 the header display is currently pruned.
23098 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23099 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23100 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23101 messages after output.
23103 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23104 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23105 message (if writing a file directly).
23107 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23108 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23110 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23112 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23113 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23114 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23115 i) the header is output as currently seen
23116 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23117 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23119 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23120 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23121 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23123 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23125 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23126 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23127 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23128 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23129 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23130 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23131 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23133 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23134 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23135 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23137 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23139 ;;;***
23141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21669 40237
23142 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
23143 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23145 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23146 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23147 Return a pattern.
23149 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23151 ;;;***
23153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21669 40237
23154 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
23155 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23157 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23158 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23159 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23160 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23162 \(fn)" t nil)
23164 ;;;***
23166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21669 40237
23167 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
23168 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23170 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23171 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23173 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23174 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23175 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23176 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23177 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23178 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23179 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23180 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23181 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23182 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23184 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23185 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23186 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23187 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23188 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23189 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23190 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23191 to use for finding the schema.
23193 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23195 ;;;***
23197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21669 40237 316336
23198 ;;;;;; 766000))
23199 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23201 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23203 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23204 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23205 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23206 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23207 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23208 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23209 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23210 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23211 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23212 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23213 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23214 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23215 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23216 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23217 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23218 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23219 must be equal.
23221 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23223 ;;;***
23225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (21607 56024
23226 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
23227 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23229 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23230 Define a robin package.
23232 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23233 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23234 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23235 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23237 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23238 one replaces the old one.
23240 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23242 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23243 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23245 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23246 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23247 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23249 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23251 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23252 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23254 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23256 ;;;***
23258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
23259 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23261 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23262 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23264 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23266 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23267 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23269 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23271 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23272 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23274 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23276 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23277 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23278 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23280 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23281 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23282 in ROT13.
23284 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23286 \(fn)" t nil)
23288 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23289 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23291 \(fn)" t nil)
23293 ;;;***
23295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21669 40237 826337
23296 ;;;;;; 297000))
23297 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23298 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23300 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23301 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23302 \\<rst-mode-map>
23304 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23305 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23306 highlighting.
23308 \\{rst-mode-map}
23310 \(fn)" t nil)
23312 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23313 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23314 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23315 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23316 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23318 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23319 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23320 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23322 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23324 ;;;***
23326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21669
23327 ;;;;;; 40237 826337 297000))
23328 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23329 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23331 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23332 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23334 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23336 \(fn)" t nil)
23338 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23340 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23342 ;;;***
23344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21669 40237 826337
23345 ;;;;;; 297000))
23346 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23347 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23349 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23350 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23351 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23353 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23354 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23355 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23356 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23357 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23359 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23361 ;;;***
23363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21669 40236 816336
23364 ;;;;;; 299000))
23365 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23367 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23368 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23369 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23370 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23372 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23374 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23375 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23376 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23378 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23379 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23380 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23382 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23383 notation.
23385 STRING
23386 matches string STRING literally.
23388 CHAR
23389 matches character CHAR literally.
23391 `not-newline', `nonl'
23392 matches any character except a newline.
23394 `anything'
23395 matches any character
23397 `(any SET ...)'
23398 `(in SET ...)'
23399 `(char SET ...)'
23400 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23401 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23402 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23404 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23405 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23406 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23407 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23409 `(not (any SET ...))'
23410 matches any character not in SET ...
23412 `line-start', `bol'
23413 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23414 in the text being matched
23416 `line-end', `eol'
23417 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23419 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23420 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23421 string being matched against.
23423 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23424 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23425 string being matched against.
23427 `buffer-start'
23428 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23429 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23431 `buffer-end'
23432 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23433 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23435 `point'
23436 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23438 `word-start', `bow'
23439 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23441 `word-end', `eow'
23442 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23444 `word-boundary'
23445 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23446 word.
23448 `(not word-boundary)'
23449 `not-word-boundary'
23450 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23451 word.
23453 `symbol-start'
23454 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23456 `symbol-end'
23457 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23459 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23460 matches 0 through 9.
23462 `control', `cntrl'
23463 matches ASCII control characters.
23465 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23466 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23468 `blank'
23469 matches space and tab only.
23471 `graphic', `graph'
23472 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23473 space, and DEL.
23475 `printing', `print'
23476 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23477 and DEL.
23479 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23480 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23481 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23483 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23484 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23485 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23487 `ascii'
23488 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23490 `nonascii'
23491 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23493 `lower', `lower-case'
23494 matches anything lower-case.
23496 `upper', `upper-case'
23497 matches anything upper-case.
23499 `punctuation', `punct'
23500 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23501 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23503 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23504 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23506 `word', `wordchar'
23507 matches anything that has word syntax.
23509 `not-wordchar'
23510 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23512 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23513 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23514 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23515 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23517 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23518 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23519 `word' (\\sw)
23520 `symbol' (\\s_)
23521 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23522 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23523 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23524 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23525 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23526 `escape' (\\s\\)
23527 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23528 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23529 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23530 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23531 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23533 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23534 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23536 `(category CATEGORY)'
23537 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23538 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23540 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23541 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23542 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23543 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23544 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23545 `symbol' (\\c5)
23546 `digit' (\\c6)
23547 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23548 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23549 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23550 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23551 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23552 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23553 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23554 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23555 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23556 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23557 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23558 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23559 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23560 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23561 `ascii' (\\ca)
23562 `arabic' (\\cb)
23563 `chinese' (\\cc)
23564 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23565 `greek' (\\cg)
23566 `korean' (\\ch)
23567 `indian' (\\ci)
23568 `japanese' (\\cj)
23569 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23570 `latin' (\\cl)
23571 `lao' (\\co)
23572 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23573 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23574 `thai' (\\ct)
23575 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23576 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23577 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23578 `can-break' (\\c|)
23580 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23581 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23583 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23584 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23585 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23586 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23587 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23589 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23590 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23591 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23592 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23594 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23595 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23596 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23597 group number N.
23599 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23600 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23601 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23602 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23603 regular expression.
23605 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23606 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23607 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23608 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23609 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23611 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23612 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23614 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23615 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23617 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23618 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23619 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23621 `(* SEXP ...)'
23622 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23623 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23625 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23626 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23627 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23629 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23630 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23631 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23633 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23634 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23636 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23637 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23639 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23640 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23641 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23642 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23644 `(? SEXP ...)'
23645 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23647 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23648 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23650 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23651 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23652 matches N occurrences.
23654 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23655 matches N or more occurrences.
23657 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23658 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23659 matches N to M occurrences.
23661 `(backref N)'
23662 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23664 `(eval FORM)'
23665 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23666 `regexp-quote' it.
23668 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23669 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23671 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23673 ;;;***
23675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21669 40237
23676 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
23677 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23678 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23680 ;;;***
23682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21669 40237 826337
23683 ;;;;;; 297000))
23684 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23685 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23687 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23688 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23689 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23690 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23691 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23692 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23694 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23696 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23697 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23698 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23699 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23700 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23702 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23703 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23704 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23705 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23707 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23708 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23709 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23713 ;;;***
23715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21669 40237
23716 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
23717 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23719 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23720 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23721 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23723 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23724 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23725 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23726 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23727 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23728 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23729 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23730 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23732 Commands:
23733 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23734 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23735 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23737 \(fn)" t nil)
23739 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23740 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23741 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23743 Commands:
23744 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23745 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23746 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23747 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23748 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23749 that variable's value is a string.
23751 \(fn)" t nil)
23753 ;;;***
23755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21669 40237
23756 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
23757 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23759 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23760 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23761 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23763 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23765 \(fn)" t nil)
23767 ;;;***
23769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21669 40237 826337
23770 ;;;;;; 297000))
23771 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23773 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23774 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23775 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23776 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23777 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23778 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23780 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23782 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23783 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23784 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23785 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23786 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23788 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23789 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23791 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23793 ;;;***
23795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21669 40237
23796 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
23797 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23799 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23800 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23801 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23802 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23803 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23804 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23805 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23806 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23810 ;;;***
23812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21669 40237 316336
23813 ;;;;;; 766000))
23814 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23815 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23816 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23818 ;;;***
23820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21669 40236
23821 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
23822 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23823 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23825 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23826 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23827 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23829 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23830 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23831 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23832 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23833 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23834 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23835 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23836 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23837 keybinding for tag names.
23838 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23839 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23840 of the symbol under point.
23841 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23842 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23843 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23844 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23845 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23846 syntax tokens.
23847 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23849 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23851 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23852 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23853 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23854 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23855 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23856 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23858 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23860 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23861 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23862 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23863 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23864 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23866 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23867 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23868 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23869 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23870 Semantic mode.
23872 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23874 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23876 ;;;***
23878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23879 ;;;;;; (21669 40236 816336 299000))
23880 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23882 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23883 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23885 \(fn)" t nil)
23887 ;;;***
23889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23890 ;;;;;; (21669 40236 816336 299000))
23891 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23893 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23894 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23896 \(fn)" t nil)
23898 ;;;***
23900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21669 40237
23901 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
23902 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23904 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23905 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23907 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23908 king@grassland.com
23909 If `parens', they look like:
23910 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23911 If `angles', they look like:
23912 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23914 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23915 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23917 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23919 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23920 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23921 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23922 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23924 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23925 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23926 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23927 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23929 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23931 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23932 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23933 This is done when the message is initialized,
23934 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23936 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23938 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23939 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23940 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23942 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23944 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
23945 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23946 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23947 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23948 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23949 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23950 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23952 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23954 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23955 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23957 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23959 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23960 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23961 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23962 be a Babyl file.")
23964 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23966 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23967 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23968 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23969 when you first send mail.")
23971 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23973 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23974 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23975 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23976 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23977 This file need not actually exist.")
23979 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23981 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23982 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
23984 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
23986 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23987 Alist of mail address aliases,
23988 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23989 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23990 can specify a different file name.)
23991 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23992 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23994 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
23995 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23996 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
23998 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24000 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24001 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24002 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24004 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24006 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24007 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24008 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24009 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24010 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24011 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24012 in the cited portion of the message.
24014 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24015 instead of no action.")
24017 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24019 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24020 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24021 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24022 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24023 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24025 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24027 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24028 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24029 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24030 If a string, that string is inserted.
24031 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24032 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24033 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24034 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24036 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24038 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24039 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24041 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24043 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24044 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24045 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24047 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24048 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24050 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24052 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24053 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24054 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24055 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24057 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24059 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24060 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24061 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24063 \(fn)" nil nil)
24065 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24067 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24070 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24072 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24073 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24074 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24076 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24077 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24079 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24080 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24081 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24082 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24083 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24084 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24085 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24086 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24087 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24088 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24089 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24090 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24091 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24092 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24094 \(fn)" t nil)
24096 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24097 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24098 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24099 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24101 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24103 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24104 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24105 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24106 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24107 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24108 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24110 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24111 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24112 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24114 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24115 User should not set this variable manually,
24116 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24117 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24118 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24120 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24121 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24122 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24123 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24125 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24126 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24128 \\<mail-mode-map>
24129 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24131 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24132 to move to message header fields:
24133 \\{mail-mode-map}
24135 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24136 when the message is initialized.
24138 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24139 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24141 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24142 is inserted.
24144 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24145 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24147 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24148 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24149 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24150 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24151 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24152 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24153 buffer without erasing the contents.
24155 The second through fifth arguments,
24156 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24157 the initial contents of those header fields.
24158 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24159 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24160 original message being replied to, or else an action
24161 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24162 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24163 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24164 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24165 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24166 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24168 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24170 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24171 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24173 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24175 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24176 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24178 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24180 ;;;***
24182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
24183 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24185 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24187 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24189 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24191 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24192 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24193 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24194 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24195 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24196 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24198 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24199 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24201 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24202 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24203 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24205 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24206 \\[server-start].
24208 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24210 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24211 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24212 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24213 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24215 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24217 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24218 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24219 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24220 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24221 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24222 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24224 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24226 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24227 Toggle Server mode.
24228 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24229 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24230 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24232 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24233 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24234 `server-start' for details.
24236 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24238 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24239 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24240 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24242 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24243 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24245 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24247 ;;;***
24249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
24250 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24252 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24253 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24255 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24256 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24257 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24258 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24259 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24261 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24262 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24263 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24264 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24265 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24266 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24268 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24269 displayed.
24271 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24272 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24273 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24275 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24276 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24278 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24279 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24281 \\{ses-mode-map}
24282 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24283 part):
24284 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24285 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24286 formula:
24287 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24289 \(fn)" t nil)
24291 ;;;***
24293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21669
24294 ;;;;;; 40237 826337 297000))
24295 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24297 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24298 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24299 Makes > match <.
24300 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24301 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24303 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24304 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24305 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24307 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24308 in your init file.
24310 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24312 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24313 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24314 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24316 \(fn)" t nil)
24318 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24319 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24320 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24321 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24322 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24323 which this is based.
24325 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24327 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24328 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24329 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24330 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24332 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24333 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24334 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24336 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24337 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24338 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24339 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24341 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24342 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24343 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24344 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24346 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24348 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24349 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24350 To work around that, do:
24351 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24353 \\{html-mode-map}
24355 \(fn)" t nil)
24357 ;;;***
24359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21676
24360 ;;;;;; 11881 756047 924000))
24361 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24362 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24363 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24365 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24366 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24367 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24368 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24369 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24370 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24372 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24373 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24374 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24375 shell-specific features.
24377 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24378 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24379 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24380 \\<sh-mode-map>
24381 \\[sh-case] case statement
24382 \\[sh-for] for loop
24383 \\[sh-function] function definition
24384 \\[sh-if] if statement
24385 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24386 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24387 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24388 \\[sh-select] select loop
24389 \\[sh-until] until loop
24390 \\[sh-while] while loop
24392 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24393 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24394 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24395 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24396 would indent to the way it currently is.
24397 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24398 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24401 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24402 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24403 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24404 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24405 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24407 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24408 unquoted < insert a here document.
24410 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24411 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24412 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24414 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24415 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24417 \(fn)" t nil)
24419 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24421 ;;;***
24423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21669 40236
24424 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
24425 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24427 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24428 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24430 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24431 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24432 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24434 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24435 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24436 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24437 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24438 the earlier.
24440 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24442 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24444 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24445 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24446 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24448 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24449 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24451 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24452 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24453 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24454 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24455 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24456 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24457 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24458 Emacs version).
24460 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24461 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24462 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24463 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24464 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24466 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24467 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24469 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24471 ;;;***
24473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21669 40237 826337
24474 ;;;;;; 297000))
24475 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24477 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24478 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24479 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24480 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24481 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24482 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24483 sites in the cluster.
24485 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24487 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24488 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24489 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24490 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24491 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24493 \(fn)" t nil)
24495 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24496 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24497 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24498 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24499 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24500 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24501 `shadow-define-cluster').
24503 \(fn)" t nil)
24505 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24506 Set up file shadowing.
24508 \(fn)" t nil)
24510 ;;;***
24512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
24513 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24515 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24516 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24517 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24518 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24519 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24520 arguments.")
24522 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24524 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24525 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24526 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24527 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24528 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24530 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24531 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24532 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24533 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24534 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24535 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24536 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24537 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24538 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24539 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24540 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24542 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24543 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24544 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24545 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24546 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24547 `default-process-coding-system'.
24549 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24550 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24551 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24552 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24554 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24556 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24558 ;;;***
24560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
24561 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24563 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24564 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24566 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24568 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24569 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24570 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24571 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24573 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24575 ;;;***
24577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21669 40237 316336
24578 ;;;;;; 766000))
24579 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24581 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24584 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24586 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24589 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24591 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24594 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24596 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24599 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24601 ;;;***
24603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21669 40237
24604 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
24605 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24607 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24608 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24609 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24610 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24611 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24613 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24615 \(fn)" t nil)
24617 ;;;***
24619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21669 40237
24620 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
24621 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24623 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24624 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24625 \\{simula-mode-map}
24626 Variables controlling indentation style:
24627 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24628 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24629 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24630 `simula-indent-level'
24631 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24632 `simula-substatement-offset'
24633 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24634 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24635 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24636 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24637 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24638 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24639 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24640 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24641 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24642 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24643 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24644 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24645 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24646 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24647 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24648 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24649 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24650 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24651 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24652 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24653 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24654 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24655 or nil if they should not be changed.
24656 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24657 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24658 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24659 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24661 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24662 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24664 \(fn)" t nil)
24666 ;;;***
24668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21669 40237 826337
24669 ;;;;;; 297000))
24670 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24672 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24673 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24675 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24676 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24677 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24678 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24680 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24682 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24684 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24685 Insert SKELETON.
24686 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24687 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24688 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24689 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24690 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24692 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24693 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24695 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24697 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24698 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24700 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24701 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24702 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24703 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24705 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24706 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24707 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24708 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24710 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24711 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24712 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24714 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24715 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24717 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24718 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24720 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
24721 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
24722 is at bol/eol
24723 _ interesting point, interregion here
24724 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24725 interesting point set by _
24726 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24727 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24728 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24729 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24730 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24731 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24732 nil skipped
24734 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24735 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24737 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
24738 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
24739 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
24740 as the first element when at bol.
24742 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
24743 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
24744 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
24745 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24746 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
24747 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24748 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
24749 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24751 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24752 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24753 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24754 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24755 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24756 available:
24758 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24759 then: insert previously read string once more
24760 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24761 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24762 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24764 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24765 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24767 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24769 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24770 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24772 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24773 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24774 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24775 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24776 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24777 such as backslash.
24779 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24780 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24781 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24783 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24785 ;;;***
24787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21669 40237
24788 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
24789 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24791 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24792 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24793 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24794 buffer names.
24796 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24798 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24799 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24800 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24801 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24802 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24803 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24805 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24807 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24808 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24809 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24811 \(fn)" t nil)
24813 ;;;***
24815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21669 40237 316336
24816 ;;;;;; 766000))
24817 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24819 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24820 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24821 A list of images is returned.
24823 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24825 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24826 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24827 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24829 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24831 ;;;***
24833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21669 40237
24834 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
24835 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24837 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24840 \(fn)" nil nil)
24842 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24843 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24845 \(fn)" t nil)
24847 ;;;***
24849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21669 40237 316336
24850 ;;;;;; 766000))
24851 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24853 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24854 Play the Snake game.
24855 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24857 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24859 Snake mode keybindings:
24860 \\<snake-mode-map>
24861 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24862 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24863 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24864 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24865 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24866 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24867 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24869 \(fn)" t nil)
24871 ;;;***
24873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21669 40237
24874 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
24875 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24877 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24878 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24879 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24880 Tab indents for C code.
24881 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24882 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24883 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24884 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24885 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24887 \(fn)" t nil)
24889 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24890 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24891 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24892 Tab indents for C code.
24893 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24894 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24895 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24896 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24897 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24899 \(fn)" t nil)
24901 ;;;***
24903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21669 40236 816336
24904 ;;;;;; 299000))
24905 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24907 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24908 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24909 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24910 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24911 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24913 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24915 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24917 ;;;***
24919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21669 40237
24920 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
24921 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24923 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24924 Play Solitaire.
24926 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24927 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24928 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24929 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24930 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24931 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24932 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24933 check after each move or undo.)
24935 What is Solitaire?
24937 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24938 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24939 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24941 Le Solitaire
24942 ============
24944 o o o
24946 o o o
24948 o o o o o o o
24950 o o o . o o o
24952 o o o o o o o
24954 o o o
24956 o o o
24958 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24959 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24960 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24961 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24963 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24964 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24965 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24966 this: o o .
24968 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24969 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24971 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24973 o o o
24975 . o o
24977 o o . o o o o
24979 o . o o o o o
24981 o o o o o o o
24983 o o o
24985 o o o
24987 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
24989 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24991 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24993 ;;;***
24995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
24996 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24997 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24999 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25000 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25002 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25003 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25004 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25005 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25006 contiguous.
25008 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25009 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25010 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25011 the sort order.
25013 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25014 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25016 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25017 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25018 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25019 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25020 is called.
25022 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25023 It should move point to the end of the record.
25025 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25026 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25027 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25028 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25029 starts at the beginning of the record.
25031 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25032 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25033 same as ENDRECFUN.
25035 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25036 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25037 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25038 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25039 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25040 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25041 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25043 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25045 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25046 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25047 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25048 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25049 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25050 the sort order.
25052 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25054 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25055 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25056 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25057 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25058 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25059 the sort order.
25061 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25063 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25064 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25065 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25066 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25067 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25068 the sort order.
25070 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25071 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25073 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25074 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25075 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25076 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25077 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25078 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25079 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25080 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25081 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25083 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25085 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25086 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25087 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25088 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25089 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25090 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25091 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25092 the sort order.
25094 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25096 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25097 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25098 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25099 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25101 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25102 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25104 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25105 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25106 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25107 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25108 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25109 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25110 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25111 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25113 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25115 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25116 the sort order.
25118 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25119 starting with the letter \"f\",
25120 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25122 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25124 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25125 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25126 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25127 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25128 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25129 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25130 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25131 the sort order.
25133 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25134 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25135 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25136 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25137 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25139 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25141 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25142 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25143 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25145 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25147 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25148 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25149 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25150 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25151 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25152 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25153 each repeated line.
25155 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25156 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25157 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25158 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25160 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25161 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25163 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25164 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25166 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25168 ;;;***
25170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
25171 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25173 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25174 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25175 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25176 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25177 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25178 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25180 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25182 ;;;***
25184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21669
25185 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
25186 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25188 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25189 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25191 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25192 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25193 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25195 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25197 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25198 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25199 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25200 server.
25202 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25204 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25205 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25206 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25208 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25210 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25211 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25212 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25213 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25214 Agent is plugged.
25216 \(fn)" t nil)
25218 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25219 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25220 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25221 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25223 \(fn)" t nil)
25225 ;;;***
25227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21669 40237 826337
25228 ;;;;;; 297000))
25229 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25231 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25233 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25234 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25235 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25236 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25237 supported at a time.
25238 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25239 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25243 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25244 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25245 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25246 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25248 \(fn)" t nil)
25250 ;;;***
25252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21669 40237 316336
25253 ;;;;;; 766000))
25254 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25256 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25257 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25259 \(fn)" t nil)
25261 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25262 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25264 \(fn)" nil nil)
25266 ;;;***
25268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21669 40237 826337
25269 ;;;;;; 297000))
25270 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25271 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 4)) package--builtin-versions)
25273 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25274 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25276 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25277 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25278 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25279 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25280 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25281 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25282 of the current highlighting list.
25284 For example:
25286 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25287 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25289 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25290 `_t' as data types.
25292 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25294 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25295 Major mode to edit SQL.
25297 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25298 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25299 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25301 \\{sql-mode-map}
25302 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25304 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25305 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25306 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25307 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25308 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25309 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25311 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25312 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25314 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25315 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25316 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25318 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25319 (lambda ()
25320 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25322 \(fn)" t nil)
25324 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25325 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25327 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25328 their settings.
25330 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25331 is specified in the connection settings.
25333 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25335 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25336 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25338 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25339 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25341 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25342 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25343 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25344 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25346 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25348 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25350 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25351 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25353 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25354 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25355 `*SQL*'.
25357 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25358 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25359 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25360 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25362 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25363 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25365 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25366 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25367 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25368 buffer.
25370 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25371 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25372 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25373 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25374 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25375 `default-process-coding-system'.
25377 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25379 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25381 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25382 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25384 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25385 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25386 `*SQL*'.
25388 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25389 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25390 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25391 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25393 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25394 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25396 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25397 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25398 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25399 buffer.
25401 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25402 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25403 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25404 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25405 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25406 `default-process-coding-system'.
25408 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25410 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25412 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25413 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25415 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25416 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25417 `*SQL*'.
25419 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25420 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25422 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25423 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25425 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25426 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25427 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25428 buffer.
25430 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25431 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25432 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25433 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25434 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25435 `default-process-coding-system'.
25437 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25439 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25441 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25442 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25444 SQLite is free software.
25446 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25447 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25448 `*SQL*'.
25450 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25451 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25452 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25453 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25455 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25456 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25458 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25459 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25460 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25461 buffer.
25463 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25464 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25465 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25466 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25467 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25468 `default-process-coding-system'.
25470 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25472 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25474 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25475 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25477 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25479 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25480 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25481 `*SQL*'.
25483 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25484 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25485 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25486 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25488 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25489 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25491 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25492 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25493 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25494 buffer.
25496 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25497 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25498 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25499 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25500 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25501 `default-process-coding-system'.
25503 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25505 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25507 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25508 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25510 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25511 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25512 `*SQL*'.
25514 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25515 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25516 defaults, if set.
25518 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25519 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25521 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25522 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25523 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25524 buffer.
25526 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25527 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25528 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25529 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25530 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25531 `default-process-coding-system'.
25533 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25535 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25537 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25538 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25540 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25541 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25542 `*SQL*'.
25544 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25545 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25547 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25548 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25550 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25551 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25552 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25553 buffer.
25555 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25556 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25557 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25558 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25559 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25560 `default-process-coding-system'.
25562 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25564 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25566 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25567 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25569 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25570 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25571 `*SQL*'.
25573 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25574 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25575 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25576 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25578 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25579 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25581 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25582 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25583 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25584 buffer.
25586 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25587 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25588 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25589 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25590 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25591 `default-process-coding-system'.
25593 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25595 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25597 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25598 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25600 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25601 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25602 `*SQL*'.
25604 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25605 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25606 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25607 `sql-postgres-options'.
25609 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25610 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25612 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25613 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25614 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25615 buffer.
25617 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25618 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25619 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25620 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25621 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25622 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25623 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25624 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25626 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25627 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25629 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25631 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25633 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25634 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25636 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25637 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25638 `*SQL*'.
25640 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25641 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25642 defaults, if set.
25644 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25645 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25647 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25648 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25649 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25650 buffer.
25652 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25653 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25654 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25655 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25656 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25657 `default-process-coding-system'.
25659 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25661 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25663 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25664 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25666 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25667 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25668 `*SQL*'.
25670 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25671 automatic login.
25673 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25674 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25676 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25677 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25678 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25679 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25681 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25682 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25683 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25684 buffer.
25686 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25687 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25688 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25689 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25690 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25691 `default-process-coding-system'.
25693 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25695 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25697 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25698 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25700 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25701 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25702 `*SQL*'.
25704 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25705 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25706 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25707 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25708 parameters.
25710 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25711 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25712 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25713 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25714 an empty password.
25716 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25717 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25719 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25720 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25721 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25722 buffer.
25724 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25726 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25728 ;;;***
25730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21669 40236 816336
25731 ;;;;;; 299000))
25732 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25733 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25735 ;;;***
25737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25738 ;;;;;; (21669 40236 816336 299000))
25739 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25741 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25742 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25744 \(fn)" t nil)
25746 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25748 ;;;***
25750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21669 40237
25751 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
25752 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25754 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25755 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25756 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25757 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25758 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25759 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25760 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25761 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25762 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25763 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25764 with any buffer
25765 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25766 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25767 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25768 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25770 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25772 ;;;***
25774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21669 40237 826337
25775 ;;;;;; 297000))
25776 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25778 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25779 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25780 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
25781 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
25782 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25783 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25785 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25787 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25789 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25790 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25791 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25792 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25793 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25794 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25795 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25797 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25799 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25800 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25801 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25802 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25803 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25804 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25805 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25807 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25809 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25810 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25811 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25813 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25815 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25816 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25817 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25819 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25821 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25822 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25824 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25826 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25827 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25829 \(fn)" t nil)
25831 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25832 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25834 \(fn)" t nil)
25836 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25837 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25838 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
25839 by command name.
25840 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25842 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25844 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25845 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25846 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25847 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25848 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25849 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25851 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25853 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25854 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25855 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25856 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
25857 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25859 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25860 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25861 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25862 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25863 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25865 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25866 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25867 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25868 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25870 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25872 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25874 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25875 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25876 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25877 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25879 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25881 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25882 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25884 \(fn)" t nil)
25886 ;;;***
25888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21607 56025 301574
25889 ;;;;;; 889000))
25890 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25892 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25893 Studlify-case the region.
25895 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25897 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25898 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25900 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25902 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25903 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25905 \(fn)" t nil)
25907 ;;;***
25909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21669 40237
25910 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
25911 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25913 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25914 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25915 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25916 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25917 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25919 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25920 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
25921 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25922 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25924 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25925 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25926 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25928 Nomenclature Subwords
25929 ===========================================================
25930 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25931 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25932 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25934 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
25935 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
25936 as words.
25938 \\{subword-mode-map}
25940 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25942 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25943 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25944 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25945 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25946 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25947 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25949 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25951 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25952 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
25953 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
25954 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25955 ARG is omitted or nil.
25957 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25958 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25959 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25961 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25963 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
25964 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
25965 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
25966 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25967 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25969 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25970 word-based editing commands to superword-based commands that
25971 treat symbols as words, e.g. \"this_is_a_symbol\".
25973 The superword oriented commands activated in this minor mode
25974 recognize symbols as superwords to move between superwords and to
25975 edit them as words.
25977 \\{superword-mode-map}
25979 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25981 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
25982 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
25983 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25984 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25985 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25986 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
25988 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
25990 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
25991 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
25992 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
25993 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25994 ARG is omitted or nil.
25996 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25997 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
25998 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26000 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26002 ;;;***
26004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21669 40237
26005 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
26006 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26008 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26009 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26010 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26011 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26012 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26013 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26014 original message but it does require a few things:
26016 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26018 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26019 reply buffer.
26021 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26022 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26023 original message.
26025 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26027 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26029 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26030 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26031 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26033 \(fn)" nil nil)
26035 ;;;***
26037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21669 40237 826337
26038 ;;;;;; 297000))
26039 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26041 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26043 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26044 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26045 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26046 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26047 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26048 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26050 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26052 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26053 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26054 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26055 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26056 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26058 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26059 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26060 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26062 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26064 ;;;***
26066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
26067 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26069 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26070 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26071 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26072 buffer.
26074 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26075 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26076 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26078 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26080 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26081 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26082 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26083 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26084 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26085 buffer.
26087 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26088 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26089 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26091 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26093 ;;;***
26095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21669 40237 826337
26096 ;;;;;; 297000))
26097 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26099 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26100 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26101 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26103 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26105 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26106 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26108 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26110 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26111 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26113 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26115 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26116 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26118 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26120 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26121 Insert an editable text table.
26122 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26123 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26124 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26125 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26126 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26127 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26128 delimiting them.
26130 Examples:
26132 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26134 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26135 location of point.
26139 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26140 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26141 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26142 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26143 first cell.
26145 +-----+-----+-----+
26146 |-!- | | |
26147 +-----+-----+-----+
26149 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26151 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26152 width, which results as
26154 +--------------+-----+-----+
26155 |-!- | | |
26156 +--------------+-----+-----+
26158 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26159 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26161 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26162 | | |-!- |
26163 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26165 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26166 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26167 width information to `table-insert'.
26169 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26171 instead of
26173 Cell width(s): 5
26175 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26176 work all together.
26178 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26179 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26181 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26182 |-!- | | |
26183 | | | |
26184 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26186 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26188 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26189 |-!- | | |
26190 | | | |
26191 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26192 | | | |
26193 | | | |
26194 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26196 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26198 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26199 | | | |
26200 | | | |
26201 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26202 | | | |
26203 | | | |
26204 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26207 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26208 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26209 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26211 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26212 | | | |
26213 | | | |
26214 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26215 | | | |
26216 | | | |
26217 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26218 |-!- | | |
26219 | | | |
26220 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26222 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26223 results.
26225 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26226 | | | |
26227 | | | |
26228 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26229 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26230 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26231 | | |expected results.-!- |
26232 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26233 | | | |
26234 | | | |
26235 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26237 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26239 \\{table-cell-map}
26241 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26243 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26244 Insert N table row(s).
26245 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26246 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26247 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26248 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26250 \(fn N)" t nil)
26252 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26253 Insert N table column(s).
26254 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26255 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26256 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26257 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26259 \(fn N)" t nil)
26261 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26262 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26263 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26265 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26267 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26268 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26269 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26270 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26271 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26272 all the table specific features.
26274 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26276 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26279 \(fn)" t nil)
26281 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26282 Recognize all tables within region.
26283 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26284 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26285 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26286 specific features.
26288 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26290 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26293 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26295 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26296 Recognize a table at point.
26297 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26298 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26299 the table specific features.
26301 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26303 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26306 \(fn)" t nil)
26308 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26309 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26310 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26311 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26312 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26313 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26314 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26316 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26318 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26321 \(fn)" t nil)
26323 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26324 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26325 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26326 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26327 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26328 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26329 specified.
26331 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26333 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26334 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26335 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26336 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26337 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26338 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26339 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26340 table structure.
26342 \(fn N)" t nil)
26344 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26345 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26346 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26347 table's rectangle structure.
26349 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26351 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26352 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26353 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26354 table's rectangle structure.
26356 \(fn N)" t nil)
26358 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26359 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26360 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26361 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26362 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26364 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26366 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26367 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26368 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26370 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26371 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26372 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26373 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26374 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26375 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26376 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26378 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26379 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26380 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26381 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26382 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26383 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26384 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26386 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26387 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26388 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26389 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26390 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26391 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26392 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26393 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26395 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26397 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26398 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26399 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26400 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26402 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26404 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26405 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26406 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26408 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26410 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26411 Split current cell vertically.
26412 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26414 \(fn)" t nil)
26416 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26417 Split current cell horizontally.
26418 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26420 \(fn)" t nil)
26422 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26423 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26424 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26426 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26428 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26429 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26430 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26431 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26433 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26435 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26436 Justify cell contents.
26437 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26438 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26439 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26440 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26442 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26444 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26445 Justify cells of a row.
26446 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26447 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26449 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26451 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26452 Justify cells of a column.
26453 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26454 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26456 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26458 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26459 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26460 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26461 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26462 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26463 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26464 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26465 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26466 run-time.
26468 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26470 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26471 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26472 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26473 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26474 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26475 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26476 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26477 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26478 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26479 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26480 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26482 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26484 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26485 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26486 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26487 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26488 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26489 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26490 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26491 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26492 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26493 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26494 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26495 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26496 untouched.
26498 References used for this implementation:
26500 HTML:
26501 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26503 LaTeX:
26504 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26506 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26507 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26508 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26510 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26512 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26513 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26514 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26515 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26516 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26517 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26518 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26519 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26520 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26521 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26522 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26523 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26524 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26525 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26526 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26527 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26528 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26530 Example:
26532 (progn
26533 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26534 (table-forward-cell 15)
26535 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26536 (table-forward-cell 16)
26537 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26538 (table-forward-cell 1)
26539 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26541 (progn
26542 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26543 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26544 (table-forward-cell 1)
26545 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26547 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26549 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26550 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26551 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26552 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26553 consists from cells of same height.
26555 \(fn N)" t nil)
26557 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26558 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26559 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26560 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26561 column must consists from cells of same width.
26563 \(fn N)" t nil)
26565 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26566 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26567 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26568 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26569 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26570 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26571 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26572 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26573 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26574 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26575 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26576 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26577 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26578 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26579 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26582 Example 1:
26584 1, 2, 3, 4
26585 5, 6, 7, 8
26586 , 9, 10
26588 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26589 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26590 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26591 specified as 5.
26593 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26594 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26595 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26596 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26597 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26598 | | 9 | 10 | |
26599 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26601 Note:
26603 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26604 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26605 of each row is optional.
26608 Example 2:
26610 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26611 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26612 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26613 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26614 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26616 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26617 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26619 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26620 expression and raw delimiter regular
26621 expression, it parses the specified text
26622 area and extracts cell items from
26623 non-table text and then forms a table out
26624 of them.
26626 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26627 creates a single cell table. The text in
26628 the specified region is placed in that
26629 cell.-*-
26631 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26632 like this.
26634 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26635 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26636 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26638 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26639 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26640 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26641 | area and extracts cell items from |
26642 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26643 | of them. |
26645 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26646 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26647 | the specified region is placed in that |
26648 | cell. |
26649 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26651 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26652 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26653 independently.
26655 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26656 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26657 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26658 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26659 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26660 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26661 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26662 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26663 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26664 | |of them. |
26665 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26666 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26667 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26668 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26669 | |cell. |
26670 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26672 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26673 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26674 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26676 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26678 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26679 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26680 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26681 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26682 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26684 \(fn)" t nil)
26686 ;;;***
26688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
26689 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26691 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26692 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26694 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26696 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26697 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26699 \(fn)" t nil)
26701 ;;;***
26703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21669 40237 826337
26704 ;;;;;; 297000))
26705 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26707 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26708 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26709 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26710 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26711 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26712 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26713 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26715 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26716 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26717 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26718 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26720 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26721 \\{tar-mode-map}
26723 \(fn)" t nil)
26725 ;;;***
26727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21669 40237 826337
26728 ;;;;;; 297000))
26729 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26731 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26732 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26733 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26734 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26735 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26736 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26738 Variables controlling indentation style:
26739 `tcl-indent-level'
26740 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26741 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26742 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26744 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26745 documentation for details):
26746 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26747 Controls action of TAB key.
26748 `tcl-auto-newline'
26749 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26750 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26751 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26752 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26753 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26755 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26756 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26757 already exist.
26759 \(fn)" t nil)
26761 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26762 Run inferior Tcl process.
26763 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26764 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26766 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26768 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26769 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26770 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26772 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26774 ;;;***
26776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21669 40237 316336
26777 ;;;;;; 766000))
26778 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26780 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26781 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26782 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26783 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26785 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26786 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26787 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26788 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26789 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26791 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26793 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26794 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26795 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26796 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26798 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26800 ;;;***
26802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
26803 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26805 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26806 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26807 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26808 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26809 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26810 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26812 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26814 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26815 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26816 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26817 commands to use in that buffer.
26819 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26821 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26823 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26824 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26826 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26828 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26829 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26830 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26831 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26832 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26833 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26834 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26835 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26836 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26837 use in that buffer.
26838 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26840 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26842 ;;;***
26844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21669
26845 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
26846 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26848 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26849 Start coverage on function under point.
26851 \(fn)" t nil)
26853 ;;;***
26855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21669 40237 316336
26856 ;;;;;; 766000))
26857 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26858 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26860 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26861 Play the Tetris game.
26862 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26863 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26864 as to form complete rows.
26866 tetris-mode keybindings:
26867 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26868 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26869 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26870 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26871 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26872 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26873 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26874 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26875 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26877 \(fn)" t nil)
26879 ;;;***
26881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21669 40237
26882 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
26883 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26885 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26886 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26888 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26890 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26891 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26892 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26893 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26894 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26896 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26898 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26899 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26900 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26901 if it matches the first line of the file,
26902 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26904 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26906 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26907 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26908 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26909 if the variable is non-nil.")
26911 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26913 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26914 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26916 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26918 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26919 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26920 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26921 See the documentation of that variable.")
26923 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26925 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26926 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26927 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26928 See the documentation of that variable.")
26930 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26932 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26933 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26934 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26935 See the documentation of that variable.")
26937 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26939 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26940 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26941 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26942 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26943 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26945 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26947 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26948 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26949 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26950 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26952 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26954 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26955 User defined LaTeX block names.
26956 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26958 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26960 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26961 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26962 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26963 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26965 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26967 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26968 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26969 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26970 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26972 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26974 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26975 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26976 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26977 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26979 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26980 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26981 for example,
26983 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26984 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26986 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26987 use.")
26989 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26991 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26992 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26993 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26994 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26995 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26997 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26999 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27001 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27002 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27003 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27005 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27007 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27008 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27009 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27010 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27011 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27013 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27015 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27016 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27018 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27020 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27021 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27023 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27025 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27026 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27027 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27028 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27029 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27030 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27031 says which mode to use.
27033 \(fn)" t nil)
27035 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27037 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27039 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27041 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27042 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27043 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27044 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27045 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27047 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27048 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27049 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27050 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27051 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27052 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27053 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27055 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27056 mismatched $'s or braces.
27058 Special commands:
27059 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27061 Mode variables:
27062 tex-run-command
27063 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27064 tex-directory
27065 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27066 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27067 tex-dvi-print-command
27068 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27069 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27070 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27071 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27072 tex-dvi-view-command
27073 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27074 tex-show-queue-command
27075 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27076 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27078 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27079 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27080 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27082 \(fn)" t nil)
27084 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27085 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27086 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27087 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27088 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27090 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27091 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27092 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27093 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27094 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27095 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27096 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27098 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27099 mismatched $'s or braces.
27101 Special commands:
27102 \\{latex-mode-map}
27104 Mode variables:
27105 latex-run-command
27106 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27107 tex-directory
27108 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27109 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27110 tex-dvi-print-command
27111 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27112 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27113 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27114 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27115 tex-dvi-view-command
27116 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27117 tex-show-queue-command
27118 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27119 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27121 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27122 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27123 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27125 \(fn)" t nil)
27127 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27128 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27129 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27130 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27131 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27133 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27134 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27135 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27136 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27137 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27138 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27139 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27141 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27142 mismatched $'s or braces.
27144 Special commands:
27145 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27147 Mode variables:
27148 slitex-run-command
27149 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27150 tex-directory
27151 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27152 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27153 tex-dvi-print-command
27154 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27155 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27156 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27157 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27158 tex-dvi-view-command
27159 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27160 tex-show-queue-command
27161 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27162 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27164 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27165 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27166 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27167 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27169 \(fn)" t nil)
27171 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27174 \(fn)" nil nil)
27176 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27177 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27179 \(fn)" t nil)
27181 ;;;***
27183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21669 40237
27184 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
27185 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27187 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27188 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27189 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27190 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27192 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27193 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27194 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27196 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27198 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27199 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27200 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27201 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27202 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27204 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27206 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27207 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27208 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27209 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27211 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27212 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27213 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27214 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27216 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27217 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27219 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27221 ;;;***
27223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21669 40237
27224 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
27225 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27227 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27228 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27230 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27232 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27233 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27235 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27237 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27238 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27240 It has these extra commands:
27241 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27243 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27244 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27245 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27246 modified version of TeX input format.
27248 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27249 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27250 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27251 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27253 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27254 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27255 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27256 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27257 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27258 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27259 in the Texinfo file.
27261 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27262 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27263 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27264 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27265 move forward past the closing brace.
27267 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27268 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27270 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27271 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27272 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27274 Here are the functions:
27276 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27277 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27278 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27280 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27281 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27282 texinfo-master-menu
27284 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27286 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27287 which menu descriptions are indented.
27289 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27290 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27291 in the region.
27293 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27294 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27295 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27296 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27298 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27299 be the first node in the file.
27301 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27302 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27304 \(fn)" t nil)
27306 ;;;***
27308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21669
27309 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
27310 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27312 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27313 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27314 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27315 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27317 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27319 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27320 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27322 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27324 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27325 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27327 \(fn)" t nil)
27329 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27332 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27334 ;;;***
27336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21669 40237 826337
27337 ;;;;;; 297000))
27338 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27340 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27341 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27342 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27343 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27344 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27345 `line', and `page'.
27347 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27349 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27350 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27351 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27352 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27353 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27354 `line', and `page'.
27356 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27357 valid THING.
27359 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27360 positions of the thing found.
27362 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27364 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27365 Return the THING at point.
27366 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27367 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27368 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27369 `line', `number', and `page'.
27371 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27372 strip text properties from the return value.
27374 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27375 a symbol as a valid THING.
27377 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27379 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27380 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27382 \(fn)" nil nil)
27384 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27385 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27387 \(fn)" nil nil)
27389 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27390 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27392 \(fn)" nil nil)
27394 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27395 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27397 \(fn)" nil nil)
27399 ;;;***
27401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
27402 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27404 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27405 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27407 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27409 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27410 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27411 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27412 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27414 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27416 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27417 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27419 \(fn)" t nil)
27421 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27422 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27424 \(fn)" t nil)
27426 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27428 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27429 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27431 \(fn)" t nil)
27433 ;;;***
27435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21669
27436 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
27437 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27439 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27440 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27441 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27443 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27445 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27446 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27448 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27450 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27451 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27452 The returned string has no composition information.
27454 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27456 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27457 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27459 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27461 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27462 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27464 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27466 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27467 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27468 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27469 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27471 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27473 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27474 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27475 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27476 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27478 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27480 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27481 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27482 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27484 \(fn)" t nil)
27486 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27487 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27488 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27490 \(fn)" t nil)
27492 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27495 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27497 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27500 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27502 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27505 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27507 ;;;***
27509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21669 40237
27510 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
27511 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27512 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
27514 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27515 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27516 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27517 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27518 parameters.
27519 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27521 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27523 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27524 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27525 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27526 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27527 parameters.
27528 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27530 \(fn)" t nil)
27532 ;;;***
27534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
27535 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27537 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27538 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27540 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27541 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27543 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27544 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27545 This display updates automatically every minute.
27546 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27547 are displayed as well.
27548 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27550 \(fn)" t nil)
27552 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27553 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27554 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27555 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27556 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27557 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27559 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27561 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27562 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27563 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27564 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27565 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27567 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27568 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27569 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27570 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27571 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27573 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27575 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27576 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27577 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27578 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27580 \(fn)" t nil)
27582 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27583 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27584 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27585 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27587 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27589 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27590 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27592 \(fn)" t nil)
27594 ;;;***
27596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21669
27597 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
27598 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27600 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27601 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27602 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27604 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27605 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27606 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27607 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27608 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27609 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27611 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27612 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27614 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27616 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27617 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27619 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27621 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27622 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27624 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27626 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27627 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27628 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27630 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27632 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27634 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27635 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27636 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27638 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27640 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27641 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27643 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27645 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27646 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27647 DATE should be a date-time string.
27649 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27651 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27652 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27653 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27655 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27657 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27658 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27660 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27662 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27663 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27665 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27667 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27668 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27669 TIME should be a time value.
27670 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27672 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27674 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27675 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27676 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27678 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27680 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27681 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27682 The valid format specifiers are:
27683 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27684 %d is the number of days.
27685 %h is the number of hours.
27686 %m is the number of minutes.
27687 %s is the number of seconds.
27688 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27689 %% is a literal \"%\".
27691 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27692 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27694 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27695 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27696 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27698 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27699 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27700 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27702 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27704 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27706 ;;;***
27708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21669 40237 826337
27709 ;;;;;; 297000))
27710 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27711 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27712 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27713 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27714 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27715 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27716 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27717 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27718 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27720 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27721 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27722 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27723 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27724 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27725 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27726 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27727 look like one of the following:
27728 Time-stamp: <>
27729 Time-stamp: \" \"
27730 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27731 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27732 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27733 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27734 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27735 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27736 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27737 the template.
27739 \(fn)" t nil)
27741 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27742 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27743 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27745 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27747 ;;;***
27749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21669
27750 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
27751 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27752 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27754 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27755 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27756 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27757 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27758 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27759 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27761 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27763 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27764 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27765 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27766 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27767 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27768 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27769 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27770 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27771 display (non-nil means on).
27773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27775 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27776 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27777 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27778 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27779 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27780 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27781 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27782 this function is called within a day.
27784 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27785 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27786 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27787 discover the name of the project.
27789 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27791 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27792 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27793 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27794 begun during the last time segment.
27796 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27797 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27798 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27799 discover the reason.
27801 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27803 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27804 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27805 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27806 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27807 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27809 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27811 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27812 Change to working on a different project.
27813 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27814 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27815 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27816 working on.
27818 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27820 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27821 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27822 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27824 \(fn)" nil nil)
27826 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27827 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27828 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27830 \(fn)" t nil)
27832 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27833 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27834 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27835 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27836 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27837 \"relative to today\".
27839 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27841 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27842 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27843 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27844 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27846 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27848 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27849 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27850 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27851 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27852 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27853 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27855 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27857 ;;;***
27859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27860 ;;;;;; (21669 40237 316336 766000))
27861 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27863 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27864 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27865 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27866 the generated Quail package is saved.
27868 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27870 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27871 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27872 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27873 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27874 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27875 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27876 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27878 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27880 ;;;***
27882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
27883 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27884 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27885 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27887 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27888 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27889 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27890 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27891 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27893 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
27894 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
27895 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
27897 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27899 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27900 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27901 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27902 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27903 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27905 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27907 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27908 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27909 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27910 in the menu in two ways:
27911 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27912 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27913 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27915 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27916 keymap or an alist of alists.
27917 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27918 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27920 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27922 ;;;***
27924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21669
27925 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
27926 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27928 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27929 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
27931 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
27932 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
27933 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
27934 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
27935 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
27936 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
27937 file was last visited.
27939 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
27940 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
27941 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
27942 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
27943 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
27944 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
27945 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
27946 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
27947 for the first item.
27949 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
27950 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
27951 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
27952 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
27953 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
27954 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
27955 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
27956 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
27958 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
27959 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
27960 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
27961 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
27962 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
27964 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
27965 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
27967 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27969 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27970 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
27972 \\{todo-mode-map}
27974 \(fn)" t nil)
27976 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
27977 Major mode for archived todo categories.
27979 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
27981 \(fn)" t nil)
27983 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
27984 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
27986 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
27988 \(fn)" t nil)
27990 ;;;***
27992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21669 40237 826337
27993 ;;;;;; 297000))
27994 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27996 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
27997 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27998 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28000 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28002 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28003 Add an item to the tool bar.
28004 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28005 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28006 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28007 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28009 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28010 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28011 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28012 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28014 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28015 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28017 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28019 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28020 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28021 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28022 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28023 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28024 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28026 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28027 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28028 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28029 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28031 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28033 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28034 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28035 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28036 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28037 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28038 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28039 properties to add to the binding.
28041 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28043 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28044 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28046 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28048 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28049 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28050 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28051 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28052 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28053 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28054 properties to add to the binding.
28056 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28057 holds a keymap.
28059 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28061 ;;;***
28063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21669 40236 816336
28064 ;;;;;; 299000))
28065 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28067 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28068 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28069 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28070 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28071 to a tcp server on another machine.
28073 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28075 ;;;***
28077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21669 40236
28078 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
28079 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28081 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28082 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28084 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28086 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28087 Helper function to get internal values.
28088 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28090 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28092 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28093 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28094 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28095 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28097 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28098 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28099 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28100 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28101 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28103 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28104 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28105 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28106 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28108 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28110 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28112 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28113 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28114 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28115 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28117 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28119 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28121 ;;;***
28123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21685 3267 694612 832000))
28124 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28126 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28127 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28128 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28130 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28132 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28133 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28135 It can have the following values:
28137 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28138 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28140 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28142 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28143 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28144 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28145 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28147 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28149 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28150 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28151 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28152 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28154 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28155 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28156 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28157 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28158 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28159 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28160 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28161 files which are not really Tramp files.
28163 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28164 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28165 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28166 updated after changing this variable.
28168 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28170 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28171 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28172 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28173 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28175 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28177 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28178 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28179 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28180 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28182 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28183 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28184 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28186 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28187 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28188 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28189 updated after changing this variable.
28191 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28193 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28194 Alist of completion handler functions.
28195 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28196 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28197 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28199 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28200 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28201 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28202 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28204 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28205 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28206 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28208 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28209 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory (or (symbol-value (quote temporary-file-directory)) "/"))) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28211 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28212 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28214 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28216 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28219 \(fn)" nil nil)
28221 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28222 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28224 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28226 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28227 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28229 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28231 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28232 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28234 \(fn)" t nil)
28236 ;;;***
28238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21669 40237
28239 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
28240 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28242 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28245 \(fn)" nil nil)
28247 ;;;***
28249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21669 40237 826337
28250 ;;;;;; 297000))
28251 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28253 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28254 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28255 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28256 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28257 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28258 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28259 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28260 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28262 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28263 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28264 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28266 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28267 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28268 resumed later.
28270 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28272 ;;;***
28274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (21607 56024
28275 ;;;;;; 801559 72000))
28276 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28278 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28281 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28283 ;;;***
28285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21669
28286 ;;;;;; 40237 826337 297000))
28287 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28288 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28289 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28290 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28292 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28293 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28294 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28295 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28296 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28297 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28298 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28300 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28302 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28303 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28304 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28305 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28307 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28309 \(fn)" t nil)
28311 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28312 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28313 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28314 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28315 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28316 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28317 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28319 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28320 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28322 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28323 \\___/\\
28324 / \\
28325 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28327 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28329 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28331 ;;;***
28333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21669 40237 826337
28334 ;;;;;; 297000))
28335 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28337 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28338 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28339 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28340 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28341 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28342 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28344 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28346 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28347 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28348 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28350 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28351 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28352 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28353 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28354 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28355 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28356 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28358 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28359 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28361 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28362 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28363 reset the keystroke counter.
28365 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28366 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28367 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28368 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28370 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28371 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28372 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28373 `type-break-schedule' command.
28375 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28376 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28377 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28378 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28379 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28380 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28381 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28382 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28383 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28385 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28386 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28387 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28388 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28389 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28391 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28392 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28393 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28394 approximate good values for this.
28396 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28397 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28399 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28400 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28401 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28402 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28403 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28404 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28406 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28407 a typing break occur. They include:
28409 `type-break-query-mode'
28410 `type-break-query-function'
28411 `type-break-query-interval'
28413 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28415 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28416 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28417 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28418 problems.
28420 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28422 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28423 Take a typing break.
28425 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28426 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28428 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28429 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28431 \(fn)" t nil)
28433 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28434 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28435 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28436 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28438 \(fn)" t nil)
28440 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28441 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28443 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28444 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28445 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28446 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28447 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28448 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28449 average typing speed.)
28451 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28452 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28453 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28454 the computed maximum threshold.
28456 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28457 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28458 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28459 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28460 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28462 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28464 ;;;***
28466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
28467 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28469 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28470 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28471 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28472 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28473 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28475 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28477 ;;;***
28479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28480 ;;;;;; (21669 40237 316336 766000))
28481 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28483 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28484 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28486 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28488 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28489 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28491 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28493 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28494 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28496 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28498 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28499 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28501 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28503 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28504 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28506 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28508 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28509 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28511 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28513 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28514 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28516 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28518 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28519 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28521 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28523 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28524 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28526 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28528 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28529 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28531 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28533 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28534 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28536 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28538 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28539 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28541 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28543 ;;;***
28545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21669
28546 ;;;;;; 40237 826337 297000))
28547 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28549 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28550 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28551 Works by overstriking underscores.
28552 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28553 which specify the range to operate on.
28555 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28557 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28558 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28559 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28560 which specify the range to operate on.
28562 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28564 ;;;***
28566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21669 40237 316336
28567 ;;;;;; 766000))
28568 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28570 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28571 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28572 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28573 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28574 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28575 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28577 \(fn)" nil nil)
28579 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28580 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28581 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28583 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28585 ;;;***
28587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21669 40236
28588 ;;;;;; 816336 299000))
28589 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28591 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28592 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28593 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28594 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28596 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28598 ;;;***
28600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
28601 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28603 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28604 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28605 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28606 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28607 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28609 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28610 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28611 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28612 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28613 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28614 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28616 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28617 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28618 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28620 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28621 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28622 the callback is not called).
28624 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28625 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28626 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28627 take effect.
28629 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28630 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28631 the server.
28632 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28633 URL-encoded before it's used.
28635 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28637 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28638 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28639 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28640 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28641 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28643 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28645 ;;;***
28647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21669 40237 826337
28648 ;;;;;; 297000))
28649 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28651 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28652 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28653 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28655 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28656 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28657 `url-generic-parse-url'
28658 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28659 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28660 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28661 realm
28662 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28663 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28664 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28665 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28666 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28667 what type of auth to use
28668 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28669 if one cannot be found in the cache
28671 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28673 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28674 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28676 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28677 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28678 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28679 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28680 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28681 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28682 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28683 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28685 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28687 ;;;***
28689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21669 40237
28690 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
28691 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28693 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28694 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28696 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28698 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28699 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28700 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28702 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28704 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28705 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28707 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28709 ;;;***
28711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21669 40237 826337
28712 ;;;;;; 297000))
28713 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28715 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28718 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28720 ;;;***
28722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21669 40237 826337
28723 ;;;;;; 297000))
28724 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28726 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28727 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28728 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28730 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28732 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28733 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28734 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28735 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28737 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28738 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28739 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28740 though.
28742 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28744 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28745 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28746 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28748 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28750 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28753 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28755 ;;;***
28757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21669 40237 826337
28758 ;;;;;; 297000))
28759 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28761 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28762 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28764 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28766 ;;;***
28768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21669 40237 826337
28769 ;;;;;; 297000))
28770 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28772 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28773 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28775 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28777 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28778 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28779 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28780 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28781 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28783 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28785 ;;;***
28787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21669
28788 ;;;;;; 40237 826337 297000))
28789 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28791 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28792 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28793 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28794 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28795 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28796 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28798 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28800 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28801 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28802 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28803 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28804 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28806 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28808 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28809 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28810 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28811 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28813 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28815 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28816 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28817 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28818 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28819 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28820 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28821 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28822 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28823 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28824 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28826 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28828 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28829 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28830 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28831 accessible.
28833 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28835 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28838 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28840 ;;;***
28842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21669 40237 826337
28843 ;;;;;; 297000))
28844 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28845 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28847 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28848 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28849 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28850 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28851 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28853 ;;;***
28855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21669 40237 826337
28856 ;;;;;; 297000))
28857 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28859 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28862 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28864 ;;;***
28866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21669 40237 826337
28867 ;;;;;; 297000))
28868 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28870 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28871 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28872 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28873 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28874 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28876 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28878 ;;;***
28880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21669 40237
28881 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
28882 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28884 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28887 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28889 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28890 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28892 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28894 ;;;***
28896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21669 40237 826337
28897 ;;;;;; 297000))
28898 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28900 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28901 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28903 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28905 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28906 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28908 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28910 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28913 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28915 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28917 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28919 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28921 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28922 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28924 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28926 ;;;***
28928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21669 40237 826337
28929 ;;;;;; 297000))
28930 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28932 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28935 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28937 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28940 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28942 ;;;***
28944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21669 40237 826337
28945 ;;;;;; 297000))
28946 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28948 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28951 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28953 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28956 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28958 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28961 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28963 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
28966 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28968 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
28971 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28973 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
28976 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28978 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
28981 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28983 ;;;***
28985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21669 40237
28986 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
28987 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28989 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
28990 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28992 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28994 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
28995 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
28996 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
28998 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
28999 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29000 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29001 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29002 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29003 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29004 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29005 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29006 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29007 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29008 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29009 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29010 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29011 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29013 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29014 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29015 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29017 Here is an example. The URL
29019 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29021 parses to
29023 TYPE = \"foo\"
29024 USER = \"bob\"
29025 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29026 HOST = \"example.com\"
29027 PORTSPEC = 42
29028 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29029 TARGET = \"nose\"
29030 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29031 FULLNESS = t
29033 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29035 ;;;***
29037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21669 40237
29038 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
29039 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29041 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29042 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29044 \(fn)" t nil)
29046 ;;;***
29048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21669 40237
29049 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
29050 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29052 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29053 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29054 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29055 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29056 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29057 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29059 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29061 ;;;***
29063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21669 40237 826337
29064 ;;;;;; 297000))
29065 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29067 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29068 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29069 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29071 If t, all messages will be logged.
29072 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29073 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29075 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29077 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29080 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29082 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29085 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29087 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29088 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29089 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29090 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29091 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29092 & ==> &amp;
29093 < ==> &lt;
29094 > ==> &gt;
29095 \" ==> &quot;
29097 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29099 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29100 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29101 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29103 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29105 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29106 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29107 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29109 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29111 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29112 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29114 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29116 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29117 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29119 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29121 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29122 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29124 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29126 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29129 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29131 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29134 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29136 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29138 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29139 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29141 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29143 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29144 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29146 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29148 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29151 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29153 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29154 Build a query-string.
29156 Given a QUERY in the form:
29157 '((key1 val1)
29158 (key2 val2)
29159 (key3 val1 val2)
29160 (key4)
29161 (key5 \"\"))
29163 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29165 This will return a string
29166 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29167 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29168 be used.
29170 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29172 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29173 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29175 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29177 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29178 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29179 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29180 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29181 forbidden in URL encoding.
29183 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29185 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29186 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29187 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29188 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29189 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29190 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29192 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29193 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29194 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29195 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29197 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29199 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29200 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29201 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29202 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29203 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29204 should return it unchanged.
29206 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29208 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29209 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29210 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29211 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29213 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29215 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29216 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29217 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29219 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29221 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29222 View the current document's URL.
29223 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29224 the minibuffer.
29226 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29228 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29230 ;;;***
29232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21669 40237 826337
29233 ;;;;;; 297000))
29234 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29236 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29237 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29238 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29239 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29240 to refrain from editing the file
29241 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29242 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29243 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29244 in any way you like.
29246 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29248 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29249 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29250 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29251 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29252 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29254 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29255 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29257 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29259 ;;;***
29261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21669 40237
29262 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
29263 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29265 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29268 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29270 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29273 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29275 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29278 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29280 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29283 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29285 ;;;***
29287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
29288 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29290 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29291 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29293 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29295 ;;;***
29297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21669 40237
29298 ;;;;;; 316336 766000))
29299 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29301 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29302 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29303 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29304 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29306 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29308 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29309 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29310 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29312 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29314 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29315 Uudecode region between START and END.
29316 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29318 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29320 ;;;***
29322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
29323 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29325 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29326 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29327 See `run-hooks'.")
29329 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29331 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29332 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29333 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29335 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29337 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29338 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29339 See `run-hooks'.")
29341 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29343 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29344 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29345 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29346 same state. If not, signal an error.
29348 For merging-based version control systems:
29349 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29350 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29351 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29352 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29353 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29354 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29356 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29357 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29358 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29359 the file(s) for editing.
29360 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29361 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29362 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29363 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29364 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29365 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29367 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29369 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29370 Register into a version control system.
29371 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29372 Otherwise register the current file.
29373 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29374 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29376 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29377 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29378 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29379 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29380 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29381 first backend that could register the file is used.
29383 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29385 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29386 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29388 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29390 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29391 Display diffs between file revisions.
29392 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29393 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29394 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29396 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29397 saving the buffer.
29399 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29401 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29402 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29403 repository history using ediff.
29405 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29407 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29408 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29409 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29410 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29411 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29413 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29414 saving the buffer.
29416 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29418 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29419 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29420 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29421 fileset with the working revision.
29422 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29423 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29425 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29426 saving the buffer.
29428 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29430 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29431 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29432 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29433 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29435 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29437 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29438 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29439 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29440 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29442 \(fn)" t nil)
29444 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29445 Perform a version control merge operation.
29446 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29447 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29448 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29449 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29451 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29452 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29453 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29454 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29455 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29456 changes from the current branch.
29458 \(fn)" t nil)
29460 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29462 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29463 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29464 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29465 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29466 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29467 checked out in that new branch.
29469 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29471 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29472 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
29473 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
29474 named branch in the directory DIR.
29475 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
29476 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
29477 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
29478 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29479 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29480 allowed and simply skipped).
29482 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29484 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29485 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29486 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29487 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29488 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29490 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29491 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29493 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29495 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29496 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29497 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29498 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29499 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29501 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29503 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29504 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29505 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29507 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29509 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29510 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29511 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29513 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29515 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29516 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29517 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29518 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29520 \(fn)" t nil)
29522 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29523 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29524 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29525 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29527 \(fn)" t nil)
29529 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29531 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29532 Update the current fileset or branch.
29533 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29534 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29535 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29536 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29538 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29539 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29540 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29541 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29542 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29544 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29546 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29548 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29549 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29550 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29551 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29552 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29553 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29554 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29556 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29558 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29559 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29560 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29561 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29562 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29563 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29564 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29565 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29566 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29568 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29570 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29571 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29572 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29573 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29575 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29577 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29578 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29579 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29580 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29582 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29584 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29585 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29586 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29587 directory.
29589 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29591 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29592 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29593 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29595 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29596 log entries should be gathered.
29598 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29600 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29601 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29603 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29605 ;;;***
29607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21669 40237
29608 ;;;;;; 826337 297000))
29609 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29611 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29612 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29614 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29615 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29616 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29617 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29618 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29619 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29621 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29622 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29623 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29624 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29625 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29626 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29627 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29628 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29630 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29632 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29634 Customization variables:
29636 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29637 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29638 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29639 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29641 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29643 ;;;***
29645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (21669 40237 826337
29646 ;;;;;; 297000))
29647 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29648 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29649 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29650 (progn
29651 (load "vc-arch" nil t)
29652 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29654 ;;;***
29656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21669 40237 826337
29657 ;;;;;; 297000))
29658 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29660 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29661 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29663 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29664 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29665 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29666 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29667 (progn
29668 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29669 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29671 ;;;***
29673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21669 40237 826337
29674 ;;;;;; 297000))
29675 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29676 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29677 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29678 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29679 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29680 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29681 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29683 ;;;***
29685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21669 40237 826337
29686 ;;;;;; 297000))
29687 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29689 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29690 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29691 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29692 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29693 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29695 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29696 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29697 The file lines appear later.
29699 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29700 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29702 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29704 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29706 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29708 ;;;***
29710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21669
29711 ;;;;;; 40237 826337 297000))
29712 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29714 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29715 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29716 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29717 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29718 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29719 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29720 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29721 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29722 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29723 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29724 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29725 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29726 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29727 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29728 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29730 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29732 ;;;***
29734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21669 40237 826337
29735 ;;;;;; 297000))
29736 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29737 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29738 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29739 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29740 (progn
29741 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29742 (vc-git-registered file))))
29744 ;;;***
29746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
29747 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29748 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29749 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29750 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29751 (progn
29752 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29753 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29755 ;;;***
29757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21669 40237 826337
29758 ;;;;;; 297000))
29759 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29761 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29762 Name of the monotone directory.")
29764 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29765 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29766 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29767 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29768 (progn
29769 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29770 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29772 ;;;***
29774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21669 40237 826337
29775 ;;;;;; 297000))
29776 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29778 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29779 Where to look for RCS master files.
29780 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29782 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29784 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29786 ;;;***
29788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21669 40237 826337
29789 ;;;;;; 297000))
29790 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29792 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29793 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29794 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29796 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29798 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29800 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29801 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29802 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29803 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29805 ;;;***
29807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21669 40237 826337
29808 ;;;;;; 297000))
29809 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29810 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29811 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29812 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29813 "_svn")
29814 (t ".svn"))))
29815 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29816 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29817 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29819 ;;;***
29821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21669
29822 ;;;;;; 40237 826337 297000))
29823 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29824 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
29825 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29827 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29828 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29830 Usage:
29831 ------
29833 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29834 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29835 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29836 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29838 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29839 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29840 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29841 completions.
29843 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29844 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29846 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29847 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29849 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29850 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29851 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29853 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29856 Maintenance:
29857 ------------
29859 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29860 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29862 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29864 Official distribution is at
29865 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29868 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29869 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29871 Key bindings:
29872 -------------
29874 \\{vera-mode-map}
29876 \(fn)" t nil)
29878 ;;;***
29880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29881 ;;;;;; (21669 40237 826337 297000))
29882 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29884 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29885 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29886 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29887 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29888 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29890 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29892 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29893 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29895 Supports highlighting.
29897 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29898 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29900 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29902 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29903 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29904 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29905 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29906 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29907 on the left side of your screen.
29908 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29909 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29910 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29911 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29912 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29913 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29914 function keyword.
29915 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29916 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29917 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29918 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29919 if (a)
29920 begin
29921 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29922 Indentation for case statements.
29923 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29924 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29925 mark after an end.
29926 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29927 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29928 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29929 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29930 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29931 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29932 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29933 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29934 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29935 if (a)
29936 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29937 otherwise you get:
29938 if (a)
29939 begin
29940 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29941 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29942 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29943 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29944 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29945 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29946 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29947 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29948 comments in tight quarters.
29949 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
29950 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29952 Variables controlling other actions:
29954 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29955 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29956 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29958 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29960 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29962 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
29963 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
29964 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29966 Some other functions are:
29968 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29969 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
29970 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
29971 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
29972 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29974 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
29975 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29976 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
29977 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
29979 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
29980 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
29981 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
29982 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29983 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
29984 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
29985 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
29986 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
29987 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
29988 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
29989 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
29990 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
29991 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
29992 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
29993 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
29994 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
29995 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29996 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29997 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29998 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
29999 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30000 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30001 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30002 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30003 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30004 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30005 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30006 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30007 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30008 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30009 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30011 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30012 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30014 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30016 \(fn)" t nil)
30018 ;;;***
30020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21669
30021 ;;;;;; 40237 826337 297000))
30022 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30024 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30025 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30027 Usage:
30028 ------
30030 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30031 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30032 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30033 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30034 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30035 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30036 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30037 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30038 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30040 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30041 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30042 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30043 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30045 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30046 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30047 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30048 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30049 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30051 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30052 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30055 HEADER INSERTION:
30056 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30057 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30058 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30061 STUTTERING:
30062 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30063 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30064 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30065 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30067 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30068 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30069 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30070 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30071 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30074 WORD COMPLETION:
30075 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30076 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30077 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30078 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30080 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30081 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30082 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30083 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30084 beginning with \"std\").
30086 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30087 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30088 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30089 stop.
30092 COMMENTS:
30093 `--' puts a single comment.
30094 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30095 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30096 with a comment in between.
30097 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30098 out following lines.
30099 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30100 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30101 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30102 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30104 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30105 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30106 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30107 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30108 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30109 non-nil.
30111 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30112 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30113 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30114 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30115 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30116 multi-line comments.
30119 INDENTATION:
30120 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30121 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30122 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30123 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30124 the entire region.
30126 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30127 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30128 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30129 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30131 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30132 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30133 and vice versa.
30135 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30136 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30138 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30139 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30140 line.
30143 ALIGNMENT:
30144 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30145 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30146 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30147 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30148 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30149 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30150 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30151 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30153 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30154 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30155 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30156 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30157 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30158 is non-nil.
30160 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30161 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30162 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30164 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30165 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30168 CODE FILLING:
30169 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30170 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30171 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30172 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30173 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30174 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30177 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30178 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30179 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30180 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30181 command:
30183 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30186 PORT TRANSLATION:
30187 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30188 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30189 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30190 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30191 internal signal initializations (menu).
30193 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30194 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30195 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30197 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30198 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30199 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30200 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30201 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30202 in subsequent paste operations.)
30204 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30205 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30206 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30209 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30210 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30211 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30212 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30213 association list with formals).
30216 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30217 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30218 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30219 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30220 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30221 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30222 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30223 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30224 `vhdl-testbench'.
30227 KEY BINDINGS:
30228 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30231 VHDL MENU:
30232 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30235 FILE BROWSER:
30236 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30237 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30238 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30240 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30241 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30244 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30245 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30246 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30247 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30249 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30250 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30251 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30253 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30254 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30255 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30256 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30258 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30259 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30260 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30261 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30262 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30264 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30265 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30266 required by secondary units.
30269 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30270 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30271 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30272 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30273 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30274 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30275 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30276 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30277 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30278 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30279 inputs to this component -> input port created
30280 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30281 outputs from this component -> output port created
30282 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30283 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30285 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30286 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30287 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30288 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30289 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30291 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30292 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30294 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30295 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30296 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30297 component instantiation is also supported (option
30298 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30300 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30301 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30302 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30303 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30304 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30305 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30306 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30307 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30308 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30309 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30310 generating the configuration.
30312 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30313 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30314 configurations in speedbar.
30316 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30319 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30320 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30321 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30322 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30323 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30324 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30325 information. New compilers can be added.
30327 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30328 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30331 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30332 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30333 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30334 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30335 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30337 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30338 command:
30340 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30341 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30342 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30344 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30345 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30346 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30347 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30348 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30349 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30350 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30351 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30352 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30354 Limitations:
30355 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30356 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30357 not (yet) supported.
30358 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30359 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30360 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30363 PROJECTS:
30364 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30365 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30366 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30367 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30368 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30369 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30370 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30371 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30373 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30374 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30375 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30376 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30377 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30378 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30379 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30380 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30381 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30382 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30383 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30386 SPECIAL MENUES:
30387 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30388 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30389 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30390 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30391 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30392 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30393 current directory for VHDL source files.
30396 VHDL STANDARDS:
30397 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30398 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30401 KEYWORD CASE:
30402 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30403 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30404 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30405 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30406 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30407 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30408 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30409 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30412 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30413 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30414 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30415 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30416 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30417 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30418 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30420 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30421 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30422 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30423 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30424 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30425 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30427 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30428 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30429 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
30430 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30431 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30432 visually.
30434 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30435 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30436 highlighted if written in lower case.
30438 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30439 highlighted using a different background color if option
30440 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30442 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30443 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30444 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30445 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30446 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30449 USER MODELS:
30450 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30451 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30452 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30455 HIDE/SHOW:
30456 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30457 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30458 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30459 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30460 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30463 CODE UPDATING:
30464 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30465 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30466 Limitations:
30467 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30468 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30469 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30470 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30471 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30472 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30473 (used to obtain the port names).
30474 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30475 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30476 sensitivity lists.
30479 CODE FIXING:
30480 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30481 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30484 PRINTING:
30485 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30486 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30487 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30488 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30489 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30490 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30491 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30492 printers.
30495 OPTIONS:
30496 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30497 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30498 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30499 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30500 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30502 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30503 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30504 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30505 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30506 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30507 INSTALL file).
30509 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30510 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30513 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30514 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30515 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30516 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30518 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30521 HINTS:
30522 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30523 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30525 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30527 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30529 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30532 RELEASE NOTES:
30533 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30536 Maintenance:
30537 ------------
30539 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30540 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30542 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30544 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30545 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30546 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30547 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30549 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30550 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30551 where the latest version can be found.
30554 Known problems:
30555 ---------------
30557 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30558 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30559 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30560 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30563 The VHDL Mode Authors
30564 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30566 Key bindings:
30567 -------------
30569 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30571 \(fn)" t nil)
30573 ;;;***
30575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21669
30576 ;;;;;; 40237 316336 766000))
30577 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30579 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30580 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30582 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30584 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30585 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30586 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30587 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30589 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30591 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30592 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30594 \(fn)" t nil)
30596 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30597 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30598 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30599 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30601 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30603 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30604 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30606 \(fn)" t nil)
30608 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30611 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30613 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30616 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30618 ;;;***
30620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
30621 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30623 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30624 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30625 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30627 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30629 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30630 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30631 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30632 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30634 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30636 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30637 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30639 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30641 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30642 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30643 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30644 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30645 moving around in the buffer.
30646 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30647 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30649 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30651 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30653 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30654 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30655 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30656 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30658 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30659 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30660 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30661 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30662 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30664 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30666 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30668 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30669 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30670 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30671 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30672 buffer.
30674 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30675 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30676 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30677 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30678 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30680 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30682 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30684 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30685 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30686 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30687 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30688 moving around in the buffer.
30689 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30690 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30692 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30694 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30695 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30696 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30698 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30699 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30700 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30701 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30703 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30704 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30705 own View-like bindings.
30707 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30709 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30710 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30711 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30712 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30713 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30714 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30715 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30717 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30719 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30721 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30722 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30723 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30725 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30726 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30727 own View-like bindings.
30729 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30731 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30732 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30733 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30734 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30735 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30736 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30737 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30739 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30741 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30743 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30744 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30745 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30747 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30748 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30749 own View-like bindings.
30751 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30753 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30754 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30755 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30756 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30757 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30759 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30760 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30761 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30762 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30764 \\<view-mode-map>
30766 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30767 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30768 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30769 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30770 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30771 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30772 to a repeat count of one.
30774 H, h, ? This message.
30775 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30776 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30777 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30778 > move to the end of buffer.
30779 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30780 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30781 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30782 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30783 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30784 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30785 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30786 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30787 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30788 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30789 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30790 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30791 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30792 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30793 Use this to view a changing file.
30794 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30795 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30796 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30797 . set the mark.
30798 x exchanges point and mark.
30799 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30800 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30801 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30802 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30803 ' go to position saved in character register.
30804 s do forward incremental search.
30805 r do reverse incremental search.
30806 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30807 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30808 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30809 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30810 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30811 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30812 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30813 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30814 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30815 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30816 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30817 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30818 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30819 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30820 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30821 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30822 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30824 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30825 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30826 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30827 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30828 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30829 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30830 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30831 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30832 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30834 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30838 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30839 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30840 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30841 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30842 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
30843 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30844 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30845 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30846 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30848 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30850 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
30852 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30853 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30854 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
30855 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
30856 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
30857 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
30859 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
30860 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30861 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30863 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30865 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30867 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30869 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30870 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30872 \(fn)" t nil)
30874 ;;;***
30876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21669 40236 816336
30877 ;;;;;; 299000))
30878 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30879 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
30881 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30882 Toggle Viper on/off.
30883 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30885 \(fn)" t nil)
30887 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30888 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30890 \(fn)" t nil)
30892 ;;;***
30894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21669
30895 ;;;;;; 40236 816336 299000))
30896 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30898 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30899 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30900 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30901 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30902 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30903 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30904 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30905 the beginning of the warning.")
30907 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30908 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30909 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30910 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30911 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30912 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30913 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30914 also call that function before the next warning.")
30916 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30917 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30919 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
30920 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30921 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30922 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30924 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30925 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30926 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30927 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30928 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30929 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30931 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30932 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30933 Default is :warning.
30935 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30936 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30937 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30938 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30939 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30940 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30942 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30943 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30944 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30946 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30948 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30949 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30951 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30953 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30954 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30955 \\<special-mode-map>
30956 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30957 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30959 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30960 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30961 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30962 can be whatever you like.)
30964 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30965 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30967 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30968 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30969 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30970 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30971 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30973 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30975 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
30976 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30977 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30978 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30979 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30981 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30983 ;;;***
30985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
30986 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30987 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
30989 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
30990 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
30991 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30992 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
30993 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
30994 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
30995 directories to reflect your edits.
30997 See `wdired-mode'.
30999 \(fn)" t nil)
31001 ;;;***
31003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21669 40237 316336
31004 ;;;;;; 766000))
31005 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31007 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31008 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31010 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31011 hotlist.
31013 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31014 <nwv@acm.org>.
31016 \(fn)" t nil)
31018 ;;;***
31020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21669
31021 ;;;;;; 40237 826337 297000))
31022 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31023 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31024 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31026 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31028 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31029 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31030 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31031 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31032 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31033 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31035 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31037 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31038 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31039 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31040 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31041 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31043 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31044 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31045 in certain major modes.
31047 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31049 ;;;***
31051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21669 40237 826337
31052 ;;;;;; 297000))
31053 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31054 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31056 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31057 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31058 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31059 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31060 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31062 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31063 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31065 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31067 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31068 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31069 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31070 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31071 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31073 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31074 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31075 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31076 use `whitespace-mode'.
31078 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31082 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31083 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31084 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31085 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31086 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31087 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31089 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31091 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31092 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31093 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31094 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31095 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31097 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31098 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31100 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31102 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31103 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31104 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31105 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31106 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31107 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31109 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31111 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31112 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31113 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31114 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31115 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31117 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31118 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31119 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31120 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31122 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31124 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31126 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31127 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31129 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31130 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31132 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31133 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31135 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31137 CHAR MEANING
31138 (VIA FACES)
31139 f toggle face visualization
31140 t toggle TAB visualization
31141 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31142 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31143 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31144 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31145 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31146 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31147 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31148 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31149 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31150 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31151 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31152 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31153 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31154 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31155 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31157 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31158 T toggle TAB visualization
31159 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31160 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31162 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31163 ? display brief help
31165 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31166 The valid symbols are:
31168 face toggle face visualization
31169 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31170 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31171 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31172 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31173 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31174 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31175 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31176 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31177 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31178 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31179 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31180 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31181 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31182 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31183 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31184 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31186 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31187 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31188 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31190 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31192 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31194 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31196 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31197 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31199 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31200 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31202 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31203 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31205 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31207 CHAR MEANING
31208 (VIA FACES)
31209 f toggle face visualization
31210 t toggle TAB visualization
31211 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31212 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31213 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31214 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31215 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31216 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31217 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31218 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31219 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31220 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31221 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31222 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31223 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31224 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31225 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31227 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31228 T toggle TAB visualization
31229 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31230 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31232 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31233 ? display brief help
31235 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31236 The valid symbols are:
31238 face toggle face visualization
31239 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31240 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31241 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31242 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31243 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31244 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31245 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31246 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31247 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31248 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31249 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31250 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31251 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31252 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31253 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31254 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31256 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31257 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31258 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31260 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31262 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31264 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31266 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31267 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31269 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31270 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31271 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31272 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31273 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31275 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31277 The problems cleaned up are:
31279 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31280 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31281 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31282 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31284 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31285 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31286 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31287 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31288 SPACEs.
31289 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31290 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31291 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31292 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31294 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31295 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31296 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31297 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31298 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31299 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31300 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31301 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31303 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31304 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31305 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31307 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31308 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31309 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31310 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31311 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31312 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31313 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31314 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31316 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31317 documentation.
31319 \(fn)" t nil)
31321 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31322 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31324 The problems cleaned up are:
31326 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31327 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31328 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31329 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31330 SPACEs.
31331 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31332 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31333 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31334 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31336 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31337 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31338 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31339 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31340 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31341 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31342 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31343 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31345 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31346 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31347 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31349 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31350 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31351 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31352 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31353 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31354 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31355 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31356 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31358 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31359 documentation.
31361 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31363 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31364 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31366 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31367 non-nil.
31369 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31370 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31371 `whitespace-style' to have:
31373 empty
31374 trailing
31375 indentation
31376 space-before-tab
31377 space-after-tab
31379 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31380 whitespace problems in buffer.
31382 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31384 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31385 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31386 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31387 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31388 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31389 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31390 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31392 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31393 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31394 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31395 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31396 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31397 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31398 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31400 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31401 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31402 cleaning up these problems.
31404 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31406 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31407 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31409 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31410 non-nil.
31412 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31413 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31414 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31416 empty
31417 indentation
31418 space-before-tab
31419 trailing
31420 space-after-tab
31422 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31423 whitespace problems in buffer.
31425 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31427 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31428 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31429 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31430 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31431 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31432 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31433 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31435 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31436 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31437 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31438 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31439 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31440 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31441 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31443 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31444 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31445 cleaning up these problems.
31447 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31449 ;;;***
31451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21669 40237 826337
31452 ;;;;;; 297000))
31453 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31455 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31456 Browse the widget under point.
31458 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31460 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31461 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31463 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31465 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31466 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31468 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31470 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31471 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31472 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31473 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31474 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31476 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31478 ;;;***
31480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21669 40237 826337
31481 ;;;;;; 297000))
31482 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31484 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31485 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31487 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31489 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31490 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31491 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31493 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31495 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31496 Create widget of TYPE.
31497 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31499 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31501 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31502 Delete WIDGET.
31504 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31506 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31507 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31509 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31511 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31512 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31513 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31514 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31516 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31517 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31519 \(fn)" nil nil)
31521 ;;;***
31523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21669 40237 826337
31524 ;;;;;; 297000))
31525 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31527 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31528 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31529 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31530 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31531 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31532 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31533 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31537 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31538 Select the window above the current one.
31539 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31540 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31541 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31542 negative ARG) of the current window.
31543 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31547 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31548 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31549 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31550 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31551 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31552 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31553 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31557 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31558 Select the window below the current one.
31559 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31560 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31561 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31562 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31563 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31565 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31567 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31568 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31569 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31570 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31572 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31574 ;;;***
31576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
31577 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31579 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31580 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31581 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31582 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31583 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31584 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31586 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31588 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31589 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31590 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31591 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31592 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31593 \\{winner-mode-map}
31595 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31597 ;;;***
31599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
31600 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31601 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31603 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31604 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31605 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31606 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31607 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31609 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31611 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31612 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31613 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31614 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31615 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31616 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31617 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31618 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31620 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31621 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31623 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31625 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31626 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31628 \(fn)" t nil)
31630 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31631 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31632 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31633 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31634 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31635 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31636 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31637 `woman' command for further details.
31639 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31641 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31642 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31644 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31646 ;;;***
31648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21669 40237 826337 297000))
31649 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31651 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31652 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31653 Return the top node with all its children.
31654 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31656 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31657 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31658 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31660 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31662 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31663 namespace to URIs instead.
31665 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31666 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31668 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31670 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31672 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31674 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31675 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31676 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31677 not contain well-formed XML.
31679 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31680 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31681 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31682 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31683 element of the list.
31684 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31685 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31686 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31688 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31690 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31691 namespace to URIs instead.
31693 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31694 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31696 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31698 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31700 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31702 ;;;***
31704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21669 40237 316336
31705 ;;;;;; 766000))
31706 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31708 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31709 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31710 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31711 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31712 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31713 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31714 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31715 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31716 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31717 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31719 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31721 ;;;***
31723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21669 40237 826337
31724 ;;;;;; 297000))
31725 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31727 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31728 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31729 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31730 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31731 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31732 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31734 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31736 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31737 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31738 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31739 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31740 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31742 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31743 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31744 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31745 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31746 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31747 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31751 ;;;***
31753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
31754 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31756 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31757 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31759 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31761 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31762 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31764 \(fn)" nil nil)
31766 ;;;***
31768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21669 40237 316336 766000))
31769 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31771 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31772 Zone out, completely.
31774 \(fn)" t nil)
31776 ;;;***
31778 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31779 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31780 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31781 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31782 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31783 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31784 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
31785 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31786 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
31787 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
31788 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
31789 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
31790 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
31791 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
31792 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
31793 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
31794 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
31795 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
31796 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
31797 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
31798 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
31799 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el"
31800 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
31801 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
31802 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
31803 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
31804 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
31805 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
31806 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
31807 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
31808 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
31809 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
31810 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
31811 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
31812 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
31813 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
31814 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
31815 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
31816 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
31817 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
31818 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
31819 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
31820 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31821 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31822 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31823 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31824 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31825 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31826 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31827 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
31828 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
31829 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
31830 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
31831 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
31832 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
31833 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
31834 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31835 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31836 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31837 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31838 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
31839 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
31840 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31841 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31842 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31843 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31844 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
31845 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el"
31846 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el"
31847 ;;;;;; "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el"
31848 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
31849 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
31850 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
31851 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
31852 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
31853 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
31854 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
31855 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
31856 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
31857 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31858 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31859 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
31860 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
31861 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
31862 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
31863 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
31864 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
31865 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
31866 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
31867 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
31868 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
31869 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el"
31870 ;;;;;; "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
31871 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
31872 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
31873 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
31874 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
31875 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
31876 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
31877 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
31878 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
31879 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el"
31880 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
31881 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
31882 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
31883 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
31884 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
31885 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el"
31886 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
31887 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
31888 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el"
31889 ;;;;;; "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
31890 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
31891 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
31892 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31893 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "kermit.el"
31894 ;;;;;; "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
31895 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
31896 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
31897 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
31898 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
31899 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
31900 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
31901 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
31902 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
31903 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
31904 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
31905 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el"
31906 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el"
31907 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el"
31908 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
31909 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
31910 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
31911 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
31912 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
31913 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
31914 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
31915 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
31916 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
31917 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
31918 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
31919 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
31920 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
31921 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
31922 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el"
31923 ;;;;;; "net/shr-color.el" "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
31924 ;;;;;; "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
31925 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
31926 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
31927 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
31928 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
31929 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
31930 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
31931 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
31932 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
31933 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
31934 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
31935 ;;;;;; "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el"
31936 ;;;;;; "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el"
31937 ;;;;;; "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el"
31938 ;;;;;; "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el"
31939 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el"
31940 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
31941 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
31942 ;;;;;; "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
31943 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scala.el"
31944 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el"
31945 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/ob-tangle.el"
31946 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el"
31947 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
31948 ;;;;;; "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docview.el"
31949 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
31950 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el"
31951 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
31952 ;;;;;; "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el"
31953 ;;;;;; "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el"
31954 ;;;;;; "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
31955 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el"
31956 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
31957 ;;;;;; "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el" "org/ox-icalendar.el"
31958 ;;;;;; "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el" "org/ox-odt.el"
31959 ;;;;;; "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el" "org/ox.el"
31960 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
31961 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
31962 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
31963 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
31964 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
31965 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
31966 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
31967 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
31968 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
31969 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
31970 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
31971 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
31972 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
31973 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
31974 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
31975 ;;;;;; "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el"
31976 ;;;;;; "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el"
31977 ;;;;;; "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
31978 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
31979 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
31980 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
31981 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
31982 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (21710 6806 326933
31983 ;;;;;; 550000))
31985 ;;;***
31987 (provide 'loaddefs)
31988 ;; Local Variables:
31989 ;; version-control: never
31990 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31991 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31992 ;; coding: utf-8
31993 ;; End:
31994 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here